Form 485BPOS TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC

May 8, 2025 3:11 PM EDT
2024-03-31 0000711080 false 485BPOS 0.2089 0.1124 0.0228 0.0069 0.2806 0.0416 0.4148 0.3308 0.2274 0.2860 0.4268 0.3237 0000711080 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000008467Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000008469Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000074341Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000074342Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000000006Member 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member rr:RiskLoseMoneyMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member rr:RiskNotInsuredDepositoryInstitutionMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:EquitySecuritiesRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:LargeCapRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:MidCapRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:GrowthInvestingRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:ManagementRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:EconomicandMarketEventsRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member rr:RiskNondiversifiedStatusMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:QuantitativeStrategyRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:PortfolioTurnoverRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:SectorandIndustryFocusRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:CyberSecurityRiskMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000008467Member tst:ReturnAfterTaxesonDistributionsMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:C000008467Member tst:ReturnAfterTaxesonDistributionsandSaleofSharesMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:Russell3000IndexMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:Russell1000GrowthIndexMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 0000711080 tst:S000003125Member tst:Russell3000GrowthIndexMember 2025-05-09 2025-05-09 xbrli:pure iso4217:USD
Filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2025
Securities Act of 1933 File No. 002-80859
Investment Company Act of 1940 File No. 811-03651


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
FORM N-1A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 ☒
 
Pre-Effective Amendment No.
 
Post-Effective Amendment No. 241 and/or
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 ☒
Amendment No. 241
(Check appropriate box or boxes.)
 
 
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
 
 
Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code (800) 638-8194
 
 
E. Blake Moore, Jr., 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
(Name and Address of Agent for Service)
 
 
Copies to:
Clair E. Pagnano, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1 Congress Street, Suite 2900
Boston, MA 02114-2023
Ndenisarya M. Bregasi, Esq.
K&L Gates LLP
1601 K Street, NW
Washington, D.C. 20006-1600
 
 
It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box): 
 
☐
immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
☒
on May 9, 2025 pursuant to paragraph (b)
☐
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)
☐
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)
☐
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
☐
on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of rule 485. If appropriate, check the following box:
☐
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment



  
  
  Prospectus
May 9, 2025
Touchstone Strategic Trust 
 
Class A
Class C
Class Y
Institutional
Class
Class R6
Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly, Touchstone
Growth Opportunities Fund)
TGVFX
TGVCX
TGVYX
TGVVX
TGVLX
The Securities and Exchange Commission has not approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund) Summary
The Fund’s Investment Goal
The Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund) (the “Fund”) seeks long-term growth of capital.
The Fund’s Fees and Expenses
This table describes the fees and expenses that you may pay if you buy, hold and sell shares of the Fund. You may pay other fees, such as brokerage commissions and other fees to financial intermediaries, which are not reflected in the tables and examples below. You may qualify for sales charge discounts for Class A shares of Touchstone equity funds and Touchstone fixed income funds if you and your family invest, or agree to invest in the future, at least $25,000 or $50,000, respectively, in Touchstone funds. More information about these and other discounts is available from your financial professional, in the section titled “Choosing a Class of Shares” in the Fund’s prospectus and Statement of Additional Information on pages 16 and 36, respectively, and in Appendix A–Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts to the Fund's prospectus. An investor transacting in Class R6 shares, which do not have any front-end sales charge, contingent deferred sales charge, or other asset-based fee for sales or distribution, may be required to pay a commission to a broker for effecting such transactions on an agency basis. Such commissions are not reflected in the table or in the “Example” below. 
 
Class A
Class C
Class Y
Institutional
Class
Class R6
Shareholder Fees (fees paid directly from your investment)
 
 
 
 
 
Maximum Sales Charge (Load) Imposed on Purchases (as a
percentage of offering price)
5.00%
None
None
None
None
Maximum Deferred Sales Charge (Load) (as a percentage of
original purchase price or the amount redeemed, whichever is
less)
None
1.00%
None
None
None
Wire Redemption Fee
$15
$15
$15
$15
$15
 
 
Annual Fund Operating Expenses (expenses that you pay
each year as a percentage of the value of your investment)
 
 
 
 
 
Management Fees(1)
0.60%
0.60%
0.60%
0.60%
0.60%
Distribution and/or Shareholder Service (12b-1) Fees
0.25%
1.00%
None
None
None
Other Expenses
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity Provider Expense
0.03%
0.03%
0.03%
0.03%
0.03%
Other Operating Expenses
0.36%
1.57%
0.40%
0.30%
0.30%
Total Other Expenses
0.39%
1.60%
0.43%
0.33%
0.33%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses
1.24%
3.20%
1.03%
0.93%
0.93%
Fee Waiver and/or Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)
(0.22)%
(1.46)%
(0.34)%
(0.30)%
(0.35)%
Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses After Fee Waiver and/or
Expense Reimbursement(2)(3)
1.02%
1.74%
0.69%
0.63%
0.58%
(1)
Management Fees have been restated to reflect contractual changes to the Fund’s Investment Advisory Agreement effective on or about May 9, 2025.
(2)
Other Expenses for Class R6 shares are estimated based on fees and expenses incurred by Institutional Class shares of the Fund and expenses of similar Touchstone Funds. Class R6 shares commenced operations on May 9, 2025.
3

(3)
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”) and Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) have entered into a contractual expense limitation agreement whereby Touchstone Advisors will waive a portion of its fees or reimburse certain Fund expenses (excluding dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transaction costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund’s liquidity providers; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses”, if any; and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business) in order to limit annual Fund operating expenses to 0.99%, 1.71%, 0.66%, 0.60% and 0.55% of average daily net assets for Classes A, C, Y, Institutional Class and Class R6 shares, respectively. This contractual expense limitation is effective through May 29, 2026, but can be terminated by a vote of the Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) if it deems the termination to be beneficial to the Fund’s shareholders. The terms of the contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which the Adviser reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed both (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed and (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.
Example. This example is intended to help you compare the cost of investing in the Fund with the cost of investing in other mutual funds. The example assumes that you invest $10,000 in the Fund for the time periods indicated and then, except as indicated, redeem all of your shares at the end of those periods. The example also assumes that your investment has a 5% return each year, that the Fund’s operating expenses remain the same and that all fee waivers or expense limits for the Fund will expire after one year. Although your actual costs may be higher or lower, based on these assumptions your costs would be: 
 
Assuming Redemption at End of Period
Assuming
No Redemption
 
Class A
Class C
Class Y
Institutional
Class
Class R6
Class C
1 Year
$599
$277
$70
$64
$59
$177
3 Years
$853
$850
$294
$266
$261
$850
5 Years
$1,127
$1,547
$536
$485
$480
$1,547
10 Years
$1,907
$3,403
$1,229
$1,116
$1,111
$3,403
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund pays transaction costs, such as brokerage commissions, when it buys and sells securities (or “turns over” its portfolio). A higher portfolio turnover rate may indicate higher transaction costs and may result in higher taxes when Fund shares are held in a taxable account. These costs, which are not reflected in total annual Fund operating expenses or in the example, affect the Fund’s performance. During the most recent fiscal year, the Fund’s portfolio turnover rate was 53% of the average value of the Fund’s portfolio.
The Fund’s Principal Investment Strategies
The Fund invests, under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large capitalization growth U.S. listed companies. For purposes of the Fund, a large capitalization growth company will typically be a company that is a constituent of the Russell 1000® Growth Index at the time of purchase. Constituent companies of the Russell 1000® Growth Index have a market capitalization between approximately $681 million and $3.3 trillion, as of March 31, 2025. The constituent companies of the Russell 1000® Growth Index will change with market conditions.
The Fund’s sub-adviser, Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”), employs a quantitative investment process for security selection and risk management. Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model® (the Model) is a proprietary quantitative model used to build equity portfolios that adapt to market conditions. The Model considers a range of valuation, earnings, financial, market, and management characteristics to identify current drivers of return. Los Angeles Capital believes that investor attitudes towards key investment risks change over the course of a market cycle and are a key determinant in explaining security returns. Utilizing these characteristics, Los Angeles Capital seeks to construct a forward-looking portfolio designed to manage risk and adapt to changing market conditions.
By including fundamental data inputs measuring a company’s valuation, earnings, financial, market, and management characteristics for a universe of U.S. equity securities and, through the use of statistical tools, the Model estimates expected returns based on each security’s risk characteristics and the expected return to each characteristic in the current market environment. Return forecasts are developed through a three-step process.
●
First, the research process measures each security’s exposure to different risk factors through an analysis of financial statements, earnings forecasts, and statistical properties of historic stock returns.
●
Second, the Model determines the “risk premium” or price of each risk factor through a rigorous attribution and statistical analysis of the returns related to each of the risk factors over the recent past.
●
Third, return forecasts are developed by combining each company’s exposure with the “risk premium” associated with each risk factor. Risk factors taken into account can change over time.
4

Security weights are assigned through an integrated optimization process that is model driven, which identifies the portfolio with the highest expected return for an acceptable level of risk. The Fund’s portfolio is rebalanced periodically using the quantitative Model.
Los Angeles Capital seeks to generate incremental investment returns above the Fund’s benchmark, while attempting to control investment risk relative to the benchmark. While Los Angeles Capital does not set price targets or valuation constraints, it may sell a security if it no longer has the desired risk characteristics, or if there are concerns about a particular company’s merits. As economic conditions change and investor risk preferences evolve, Los Angeles Capital’s forecasts will change accordingly.
The Fund's portfolio will typically hold up to 120 securities at time of rebalance. The Fund’s portfolio will be rebalanced periodically to reflect changes in investor preferences as measured by Los Angeles Capital’s factor forecasts. If a security no longer has the risk characteristics Los Angeles Capital believes investors are favoring, Los Angeles Capital may sell that stock. As economic conditions change and investor risk preferences evolve, Los Angeles Capital’s forecasts for these and other factors will change accordingly.
The Fund is non-diversified and may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a single company.
The Fund’s Principal Risks
The Fund’s share price will fluctuate. You could lose money on your investment in the Fund and the Fund could also return less than other investments. Investments in the Fund are not bank guaranteed, are not deposits, and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other federal government agency. As with any mutual fund, there is no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal. You can find more information about the Fund’s investments and risks under the “Principal Investment Strategies and Risks” section of the Fund’s prospectus. The Fund is subject to the principal risks summarized below.
Equity Securities Risk: The Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments, or as a result of irregular and/or unexpected trading activity among retail investors. The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares.
●
Large-Cap Risk: Large-cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.
●
Mid-Cap Risk: Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
Growth-Investing Risk: Growth-oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor, and growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential.
Management Risk: In managing the Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser engages one or more sub-advisers to make investment decisions for a portion of or the entire portfolio. There is a risk that the Adviser may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisers who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisers.
Economic and Market Events Risk: Events in the U.S. and global financial markets, including actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve or foreign central banks to stimulate or stabilize economic growth, may at times, and for varying periods of time, result in unusually high market volatility, which could negatively impact the Fund’s performance and cause the Fund to experience illiquidity, shareholder redemptions, or other potentially adverse effects. Reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets could negatively affect issuers worldwide. Financial institutions could suffer losses as interest rates rise or economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, the Fund’s service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cyber security risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders.
Non-Diversification Risk: The Fund is non-diversified, which means that it may invest a greater percentage of its assets than a diversified fund in the securities of a limited number of issuers. The use of a non-diversified investment strategy may increase the volatility of the Fund’s investment performance, as the Fund may be more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, political or regulatory event.
Quantitative Strategy Risk: The Fund’s sub-adviser uses proprietary statistical analyses and models to construct the Fund’s portfolio. A securities portfolio selected using these proprietary models can perform differently than the market as a whole as a result of the correlation factors used in the analysis to construct the models, the weight placed on each factor, and changes in the factors’ historical trends. As a result, the Fund may be more or less exposed to a risk factor than its individual holdings. Quantitative models are subject to technical issues including programming and data inaccuracies, are based on assumptions, and rely on data that is subject to limitations (e.g., inaccuracies, staleness), any of which could adversely affect their effectiveness or predictive value.
Portfolio Turnover Risk: Frequent and active trading may result in greater expenses to the Fund, which may lower the Fund’s performance and may result in the realization of substantial capital gains, including net short-term capital gains, . As a result, high portfolio turnover may reduce the Fund’s returns.
5

Sector and Industry Focus Risk: The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors and/or industries of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, and regulatory developments in a particular sector or industry of the market, positive or negative, than a fund that does not invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors or industries.
Cybersecurity Risk: Cyber security breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. A cyber security breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Fund. Such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value. The Fund has established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. However, there is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.
The Fund’s Performance
On May 9, 2025, the Fund changed its name from the Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund to the Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund. The Fund also changed its principal investment strategies, its benchmark and its sub-adviser from Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. to Los Angeles Capital, the Fund’s current sub-adviser, on May 9, 2025. The Fund’s performance shown below might have differed materially if Los Angeles Capital had managed the Fund pursuant to its current principal investment strategies prior to May 9, 2025.
The bar chart and performance table below illustrate some indication of the risks and volatility of an investment in the Fund by showing changes in the Fund’s performance from calendar year to calendar year and by showing how the Fund’s average annual total returns for one year, five years, and ten years compare with the Russell 3000® Index. The Russell 1000® Growth Index and the Russell 3000® Growth Index show how the Fund’s performance compares against the returns of indices with similar investment objectives. The bar chart does not reflect any sales charges, which would reduce your return. The performance table reflects any applicable sales charges. Past performance (before and after taxes) does not necessarily indicate how the Fund will perform in the future. More recent performance information is available at no cost by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com or by calling 1.800.543.0407.
Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund) — Class A Shares Total Return as of December 31
   
 
Best Quarter:
2nd Quarter 2020
27.20
%
Worst Quarter:
2nd Quarter 2022
(20.89
)%
Year-To-Date:
3/31/2025
(11.24
)%
After-tax returns are calculated using the highest individual marginal federal income tax rates in effect on a given distribution reinvestment date and do not reflect the impact of state and local taxes. Your actual after-tax returns may differ from those shown and depend on your tax situation. The after-tax returns do not apply to shares held in an individual retirement account (“IRA”), 401(k), or other tax-advantaged account. The after-tax returns shown in the table are for Class A shares only. The after-tax returns for other classes of shares offered by the Fund will differ from the Class A shares’ after-tax returns. The Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares may be greater than other returns for the same period due to a tax benefit of realizing a capital loss on the sale of Fund shares.
6

Class R6 shares commenced operations on May 9, 2025 and do not have a full calendar year of performance. Class R6 shares would have had substantially similar annual returns to Class A, Class C, Class Y and Institutional Class shares because the shares are invested in the same portfolio of securities and the annual returns differ only to the extent that the share classes do not have the same shareholder fees and operating expenses. 
Average Annual Total Returns
For the periods ended December 31, 2024
1 Year
5 Years
10 Years
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund) - Class A
Return Before Taxes
25.76
%
15.91
%
13.50
%
Return After Taxes on Distributions
23.73
%
13.61
%
10.63
%
Return After Taxes on Distributions and Sale of Fund Shares
16.17
%
12.07
%
9.79
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund) - Class C
Return Before Taxes
30.39
%
16.24
%
13.48
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund) - Class Y
Return Before Taxes
32.70
%
17.41
%
14.46
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund) - Institutional Class
Return Before Taxes
32.83
%
17.53
%
14.57
%
Russell 3000® Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes)
23.81
%
13.86
%
12.55
%
Russell 1000® Growth Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
33.36
%
18.96
%
16.78
%
Russell 3000® Growth Index(1) (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses, or taxes)
32.46
%
18.25
%
16.22
%
(1)
The Fund has designated the Russell 3000® Index as its new broad-based securities market index in accordance with the revised definition for such an index. The Fund's secondary benchmark was changed to the Russell 1000® Growth Index to better reflect the Fund's strategy following the appointment of Los Angeles Capital as the Fund's sub-adviser.
The Fund’s Management
Investment Adviser
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. serves as the Fund’s investment adviser.  
Sub-Adviser
Portfolio Managers
Investment Experience
with the Fund
Primary Title with
Sub-Adviser
Los Angeles Capital
Management*
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA
Since May 2025
Co-Chief Investment Officer
 
Ed Rackham, Ph.D.
Since May 2025
Co-Chief Investment Officer
 
Daniel Arche, CFA
Since May 2025
Senior Portfolio Manager
*Effective May 9, 2025 Los Angeles Capital Management replaced Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. as the Fund's sub-adviser
Buying and Selling Fund Shares
Minimum Investment Requirements 
 
Classes A, C, and Y
 
Initial
Investment
Additional
Investment
Regular Account
$2,500
$50
Retirement Account or Custodial Account under the Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act
$1,000
$50
Investments through the Automatic Investment Plan
$100
$50
 
 
Institutional Class
 
Initial
Investment
Additional
Investment
Regular Account
$500,000
$50
 
7

 
Class R6
 
Initial
Investment
Additional
Investment
Regular Account
$50,000
$50
Class R6 shares held through Touchstone Securities require a $50,000 minimum initial investment and have a $50 subsequent investment minimum. Touchstone does not impose a minimum investment requirement on accounts held through a financial intermediary for Class R6 shares. However, financial intermediaries may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions or may charge you fees for their services.
Fund shares may be purchased and sold on days that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading. Existing Class A, Class C and Institutional Class shareholders may purchase shares directly through Touchstone Funds via the transfer agent, BNY Mellon, or through their financial intermediary. Class Y shares are available only through financial institutions and financial intermediaries who have appropriate selling agreements in place with Touchstone Securities. Shares may be purchased or sold by writing to Touchstone Securities at P.O. Box 534467, Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467, calling 1.800.543.0407, or visiting the Touchstone Funds’ website: TouchstoneInvestments.com. You may only sell shares over the telephone or via the Internet if the value of the shares sold is less than or equal to $100,000. If your shares are held by a processing organization or financial intermediary you will need to follow its purchase and redemption procedures. For more information about buying and selling shares, see the “Investing with Touchstone” section of the Fund’s prospectus or call 1.800.543.0407.
Tax Information
The Fund intends to make distributions that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains except when shares are held through a tax-advantaged account, such as a 401(k) plan or an IRA. Withdrawals from a tax-advantaged account, however, may be taxable.
Financial Intermediary Compensation
If you purchase shares in the Fund through a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary (such as a bank), the Fund and its related companies may pay the intermediary for the sale of Fund shares and related services. These payments may create a conflict of interest by influencing the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary and your salesperson to recommend the Fund over another investment. Ask your salesperson or visit your financial intermediary’s website for more information.
8

Principal Investment Strategies and Risks
How Does The Fund Implement Its Investment Goal?
The Fund’s investment goal and principal investment strategies are described in the “Principal Investment Strategies” sections above.
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund. Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”) employs a quantitative and dynamic approach to extract fundamental drivers of stock performance in the current market environment. Los Angeles Capital believes that investor attitudes towards key investment risks change over the course of a market cycle and are a key determinant in explaining security returns. Utilizing these characteristics, Los Angeles Capital seeks to construct a risk-controlled, forward-looking portfolio designed to adapt to changing market conditions. These risks include the relationship between projected and reported earnings, balance sheet strength, earnings quality, financing and investment decisions, and business risks.
Los Angeles Capital does not set price targets but rather Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model® is the basis of security valuation and selection. Los Angeles Capital may limit or modify the portfolio’s holdings based upon a perceived risk or concern regarding a particular company’s investment merits.
Return forecast are developed through a three-step process:
●
First, the research process measures each security’s exposure to different risk factors through an analysis of financial statements, earnings forecasts, and statistical properties of historic stock returns.
●
Second, the Model determines the “risk premium” or price of each risk factor through a rigorous attribution and statistical analysis of the returns related to each of the risk factors over the recent past.
●
Third, return forecasts are developed by combining each company’s exposure with the “risk premium” associated with each risk factor. Risk factors taken into account can change over time.
The Fund’s portfolio generally will hold up to 120 securities at time of rebalance.
The Fund’s portfolio will be rebalanced periodically to reflect changes in investor preferences as measured by Los Angeles Capital’s factor forecasts. If a security no longer has the risk characteristics Los Angeles Capital believes investors are favoring, Los Angeles Capital may sell that stock. As economic conditions change and investor risk preferences evolve, Los Angeles Capital’s forecasts for these and other factors will change accordingly.
Can the Fund Depart From its Principal Investment Strategies?
In addition to the investments and strategies described in this prospectus, the Fund may invest in other securities, use other strategies and engage in other investment practices. These permitted investments and strategies are described in detail in the Fund’s SAI.
The Fund’s investment goal is non-fundamental, and may be changed by the Trust’s Board of Trustees (the “Board”) without shareholder approval. Shareholders will be notified in writing at least 60 days before any change takes effect.
The investments and strategies described throughout this prospectus are those that the Fund uses under normal circumstances. During unusual economic or market conditions, or for temporary defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in cash, repurchase agreements, and short-term obligations (i.e., fixed and variable rate securities and high quality debt securities of corporate and government issuers) that would not ordinarily be consistent with the Fund’s goals. This defensive investing may increase the Fund’s taxable income, and when the Fund is invested defensively, it may not achieve its investment goal. The Fund will do so only if the Fund’s sub-adviser believes that the risk of loss in using the Fund’s normal strategies and investments outweighs the opportunity for gains. Of course, there can be no guarantee that the Fund will achieve its investment goal.
80% Investment Policy. The Fund has adopted a policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its “assets” in certain types of investments suggested by its name (the “80% Policy”). For purposes of this 80% Policy, the term “assets” means net assets plus the amount of borrowings for investment purposes. The Fund must comply with its 80% Policy at the time the Fund invests its assets. Accordingly, when the Fund no longer meets the 80% requirement as a result of circumstances beyond its control, such as changes in the value of portfolio holdings, it would not have to sell its holdings but would have to make any new investments in such a way as to comply with the Fund’s 80% Policy. The Fund's 80% Policy is a nonfundamental investment policy that may be changed by the Fund upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Fund's shareholders.
9

Change in Market Capitalization. The Fund may specify in its principal investment strategy a market capitalization range for acquiring portfolio securities. If a security that is within the range for the Fund at the time of purchase later falls outside the range, which is most likely to happen because of market fluctuation, the Fund may continue to hold the security if, in the sub-adviser’s judgment, the security remains otherwise consistent with the Fund’s investment goal and strategies. However, this change in market capitalization could affect the Fund’s flexibility in making new investments.
Other Investment Companies. Although not a principal investment strategy of the Fund, the Fund may invest in securities issued by other investment companies to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”), the rules thereunder and applicable Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) staff interpretations thereof, or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC.
Lending of Portfolio Securities. The Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and financial institutions under guidelines adopted by the Board, including a requirement that the Fund must receive collateral equal to no less than 100% of the market value of the securities loaned. The risk in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consists of possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. In determining whether to lend securities, the Adviser will consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including the creditworthiness of the borrower. More information on securities lending is available in the SAI.
ReFlow Liquidity Program. The Fund may participate in the ReFlow liquidity program, which is designed to provide an alternative liquidity source for mutual funds experiencing net redemptions of their shares. Pursuant to the program, ReFlow Fund, LLC (“ReFlow”) provides participating mutual funds with a source of cash to meet net shareholder redemptions by standing ready each business day to purchase Fund shares up to the value of the net shares redeemed by other shareholders that are to settle the next business day. Following purchases of Fund shares, ReFlow then generally redeems those shares when the Fund experiences net sales, at the end of a maximum holding period determined by ReFlow, or at other times at ReFlow’s discretion. While ReFlow holds Fund shares, it will have the same rights and privileges with respect to those shares as any other shareholder. In the event the Fund uses the ReFlow service, the Fund will pay a fee to ReFlow each time ReFlow purchases Fund shares, calculated by applying to the purchase amount a fee rate determined through an automated daily auction among participating mutual funds. ReFlow’s purchases of Fund shares through the liquidity program are made on an investment-blind basis without regard to the Fund’s objective, policies or anticipated performance. In accordance with federal securities laws, ReFlow is prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Fund’s participation in ReFlow is not a part of its principal investment strategy.
What are the Principal Risks of Investing in the Fund?
The following is a list of principal risks that may apply to your investment in the Fund. Further information about investment risks is available in the Fund’s SAI:
Cybersecurity Risk: With the increased use of technologies, such as mobile devices and “cloud”-based service offerings and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Fund’s service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cyber security risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Cyber security breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cyber security incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity or “phishing”); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. Cyber-attacks can also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the service providers’ systems or websites rendering them unavailable to intended users or via “ransomware” that renders the systems inoperable until appropriate actions are taken. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).
A cyber security breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on the Fund. For example, in a denial of service, Fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or the Fund’s other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the Fund, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions. Cyber security incidents could cause a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective measures, litigation costs, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Cyber-events have the potential to materially affect the Fund’s, the Adviser’s and the sub-adviser’s relationships with accounts, shareholders, clients, customers, employees, products, and service providers. The Fund has established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. There is no guarantee that the Fund will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.
10

The Fund is exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Fund’s service providers, counterparties, or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, and technology or system failures.
The Adviser, Sub-Advisers, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity and operational risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach or operational failure. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity or operations systems of the Fund’s third party service providers (including the Fund’s custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which the Fund invests.
In addition, other disruptive events, including (but not limited to) natural disasters and public health crises, may adversely affect the Fund’s ability to conduct business, in particular if the Fund’s employees or the employees of its service providers are unable or unwilling to perform their responsibilities as a result of any such event. Even if the Fund’s employees and the employees of its service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in the Fund’s business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances, could lead to delays in its processing of transactions, and could increase the risk of cyber-events.
Economic and Market Events Risk: Events in certain sectors historically have resulted, and may in the future result, in an unusually high degree of volatility in the financial markets, both domestic and foreign. These events have included, but are not limited to: bankruptcies, corporate restructurings, bank failures, and other similar events; governmental efforts to limit short selling and high frequency trading; measures to address U.S. federal and state budget deficits; social, political, and economic instability in Europe; economic stimulus by the Japanese central bank; dramatic changes in energy prices and currency exchange rates; and China’s economic slowdown. Interconnected global economies and financial markets increase the possibility that conditions in one country or region might adversely impact issuers in a different country or region. Both domestic and foreign equity markets have experienced increased volatility and turmoil, with issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage, and credit markets particularly affected. Financial institutions could suffer losses as interest rates rise or economic conditions deteriorate. In addition, relatively high market volatility and reduced liquidity in credit and fixed-income markets may adversely affect many issuers worldwide.
Government Actions. Actions taken by the U.S. Federal Reserve (“Fed”) or foreign central banks to stimulate or stabilize economic growth, such as interventions in currency markets, could cause high volatility in the equity and fixed-income markets. Reduced liquidity may result in less money being available to purchase raw materials, goods, and services from emerging markets, which may, in turn, bring down the prices of these economic staples. It may also result in emerging-market issuers having more difficulty obtaining financing, which may, in turn, cause a decline in their securities prices.
In response to certain economic conditions, including periods of high inflation, governmental authorities and regulators may respond with significant fiscal and monetary policy changes such as raising interest rates. The Fund may be subject to heightened interest rate risk when the Fed raises interest rates. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect interest rates. It is difficult to accurately predict the timing, frequency, or magnitude of potential interest rate increases or decreases by the Fed, and the evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions could cause a change in approach in the future. If the Fed and other central banks increase the federal funds rate and equivalent rates, such increases generally will cause market interest rates to rise and could cause the value of a Fund’s investments, and the Fund’s NAV, to decline, potentially suddenly and significantly. As a result, the Fund may experience high redemptions and, as a result, increased portfolio turnover, which could increase the costs that the Fund incurs and may negatively impact the Fund’s performance.
In addition, if the Fed increases the target Fed funds rate, any such rate increases, among other factors, could cause markets to experience continuing high volatility. A significant increase in interest rates may cause a decline in the market for equity securities. These events and the possible resulting market volatility may have an adverse effect on the Fund.
Health Crises. A widespread health crisis such as a global pandemic could cause substantial market volatility, exchange trading suspensions and closures, which may lead to less liquidity in certain instruments, industries, sectors or the markets generally, and may ultimately affect Fund performance. For example, the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic has resulted and may continue to result in significant disruptions to global business activity and market volatility due to disruptions in market access, resource availability, facilities operations, imposition of tariffs, export controls and supply chain disruption, among others. While many countries have lifted some or all restrictions related to COVID-19 and the United States ended the public health emergency and national emergency declarations relating to COVID-19 pandemic on May 11, 2023, the continued impact of COVID-19 and related variants is uncertain. The impact of a health crisis and other epidemics and pandemics that may arise in the future could affect the global economy in ways that cannot necessarily be foreseen at the present time. A health crisis may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks. Any such impact could adversely affect the Fund’s performance, resulting in losses to your investment.
Foreign Market Disruptions. Uncertainties surrounding the sovereign debt of a number of European Union (EU) countries and the viability of the EU have disrupted and may in the future disrupt markets in the United States and around the world. If one or more countries leave the EU or the EU dissolves, the global securities markets likely will be significantly disrupted. On January 31, 2020, the United Kingdom (UK) left the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” the UK ceased to be a member of the EU, and the UK and EU entered into a Trade and Cooperation Agreement. While the full impact of Brexit is unknown, Brexit has resulted in volatility in European
11

and global markets. There remains significant market uncertainty regarding Brexit’s future ramifications, and the range and potential implications of possible political, regulatory, economic, and market outcomes are difficult to predict. This uncertainty may affect other countries in the EU and elsewhere, cause volatility within the EU, or trigger prolonged economic downturns in certain countries within the EU. See “Foreign Securities Risk” for additional risks associated with investments in foreign securities.
Political Turmoil and Military Events. Political turmoil within the United States and abroad may also impact the Fund. Although the U.S. government has honored its credit obligations, it remains possible that the United States could default on its obligations. While it is impossible to predict the consequences of such an unprecedented event, it is likely that a default by the United States would be highly disruptive to the U.S. and global securities markets and could significantly impair the value of the Fund’s investments. Similarly, political events within the United States at times have resulted, and may in the future result, in a shutdown of government services, which could negatively affect the U.S. economy, decrease the value of many Fund investments, and increase uncertainty in or impair the operation of the U.S. or other securities markets. In recent years, the U.S. renegotiated many of its global trade relationships and has imposed or threatened to impose significant import tariffs. These actions could lead to price volatility and overall declines in U.S. and global investment markets.
Political and military events, including in North Korea, Venezuela, Russia, Ukraine, Iran, Syria, and other areas of the Middle East, and nationalist unrest in Europe and South America, also may cause market disruptions. As a result of continued political tensions and armed conflicts, including the Russian invasion of Ukraine commencing in February of 2022, the extent and ultimate result of which are unknown at this time, the United States and the EU, along with the regulatory bodies of a number of countries, have imposed economic sanctions on certain Russian corporate entities and individuals, and certain sectors of Russia’s economy, which may result in, among other things, the continued devaluation of Russian currency, a downgrade in the country’s credit rating, and/or a decline in the value and liquidity of Russian securities, property or interests. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. These sanctions or the threat of additional sanctions could also result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. The United States and other nations or international organizations may also impose additional economic sanctions or take other actions that may adversely affect Russia exposed issuers and companies in various sectors of the Russian economy. Any or all of these potential results could lead Russia’s economy into a recession. Economic sanctions and other actions against Russian institutions, companies, and individuals resulting from the ongoing conflict may also have a substantial negative impact on other economies and securities markets both regionally and globally, as well as on companies with operations in the conflict region, the extent to which is unknown at this time. The United States and the EU have also imposed similar sanctions on Belarus for its support of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine. Additional sanctions may be imposed on Belarus and other countries that support Russia. Any such sanctions could present substantially similar risks as those resulting from the sanctions imposed on Russia, including substantial negative impacts on the regional and global economies and securities markets.
Inflation/Deflation. In addition, there is a risk that the prices of goods and services in the United States and many foreign economies may decline over time, known as deflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on stock prices and creditworthiness and may make defaults on debt more likely. If a country’s economy slips into a deflationary pattern, it could last for a prolonged period and may be difficult to reverse. Further, there is a risk that the present value of assets or income from investments will be less in the future, known as inflation. Inflation rates may change frequently and drastically as a result of various factors, including unexpected shifts in the domestic or global economy, and a Fund’s investments may be affected, which may reduce a Fund’s performance. Further, inflation may lead to the rise in interest rates, which may negatively affect the value of debt instruments held by the Fund, resulting in a negative impact on a Fund’s performance. Generally, securities issued in emerging markets are subject to a greater risk of inflationary or deflationary forces, and more developed markets are better able to use monetary policy to normalize markets.
Equity Securities Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that stock prices will fall over short or extended periods of time. Individual companies may report poor results or be negatively affected by industry and/or economic trends and developments, or as a result of irregular and/or unexpected trading activity among retail investors. The prices of securities issued by these companies may decline in response to such developments, which could result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s shares. These factors contribute to price volatility. In addition, common stocks represent a share of ownership in a company, and rank after bonds and preferred stock in their claim on the company’s assets in the event of liquidation.
●
Large-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that stocks of larger companies may underperform relative to those of small and mid-sized companies. Large-cap companies may be unable to respond quickly to new competitive challenges, such as changes in technology and consumer tastes, and also may not be able to attain the high growth rate of successful smaller companies, especially during extended periods of economic expansion.
●
Mid-Cap Risk: A Fund is subject to the risk that medium capitalization stocks may underperform other types of stocks or the equity markets as a whole. Stocks of mid-sized companies may be subject to more abrupt or erratic market movements than stocks of larger, more established companies. Mid-sized companies may have limited product lines or financial resources, and may be dependent upon a particular niche of the market.
12

Growth-Investing Risk: Growth-oriented funds may underperform when value investing is in favor, and growth stocks may be more volatile than other stocks because they are more sensitive to investor perceptions of the issuing company’s growth of earnings potential. Also, because growth companies usually reinvest a high portion of earnings in their businesses, growth stocks may lack the dividends of some value stocks that can cushion stock prices in a falling market.
Management Risk: In managing a Fund’s portfolio, the Adviser may engage one or more sub-advisers to make investment decisions on a portion of or the entire portfolio. There is a risk that the Adviser may be unable to identify and retain sub-advisers who achieve superior investment returns relative to other similar sub-advisers. The value of your investment may decrease if the sub-adviser incorrectly judges the attractiveness, value, or market trends affecting a particular security, issuer, industry, or sector.
Non-Diversification Risk: A non-diversified Fund may invest a significant percentage of its assets in the securities of a limited number of issuers, subject to federal income tax restrictions relating to the Fund’s qualification as a regulated investment company. Because a higher percentage of a non-diversified Fund’s holdings may be invested in the securities of a limited number of issuers, the Fund may be more susceptible to risks associated with a single economic, business, political or regulatory event than a diversified fund.
Other Investment Companies Risk: The Fund’s investments in other investment companies, such as ETFs and closed-end funds, will be subject to substantially the same risks as those associated with the direct ownership of the securities comprising the portfolios of such investment companies, and the value of the Fund’s investment will fluctuate in response to the performance of such portfolios. The risks of owning shares of other investment companies generally reflect the risks of owning the underlying securities, although lack of liquidity in an investment company could result in it being more volatile than its underlying securities, and other investment companies have management fees that increase their costs. Other investment companies’ portfolio compositions and performance may not match that of the index it is designed to track due to delays in the investment company’s implementation of changes to the composition of the index and other factors. The value of the shares of closed-end funds may be lower than the value of the portfolio securities held by the closed-end fund. Also, although many ETFs seek to provide investment results that correspond generally to the price and yield performance of a particular market index, the price movement of an ETF may not track the underlying index. In addition, if the Fund acquires shares of investment companies, shareholders of the Fund will bear both their proportionate share of the fees and expenses of the Fund (including management and advisory fees) and, indirectly, the fees and expenses of the investment companies. There may also not be an active trading market available for shares of some investment companies. Additionally, trading of investment company shares may be halted or delisted by the listing exchange. To the extent the Fund is held by an affiliated fund, the ability of the Fund itself to hold other investment companies may be limited.
Portfolio Turnover Risk: Each Fund may sell its portfolio securities, regardless of the length of time that they have been held, if the sub-adviser determines that it would be in the Fund’s best interest to do so. It may be appropriate to buy or sell portfolio securities due to economic, market, or other factors that are not within the sub-adviser’s control. These transactions will increase a Fund’s “portfolio turnover.” A 100% portfolio turnover rate would occur if all of the securities in the Fund were replaced during a given period. Frequent and active trading may result in greater expenses to the Fund, which may lower the Fund’s performance and may result in the realization of substantial capital gains, including net short-term capital gains. As a result, high portfolio turnover may reduce the Fund’s returns.
Quantitative Strategy Risk: The Fund’s sub-adviser uses proprietary statistical analyses and models to construct the Fund’s portfolio. A securities portfolio selected using these proprietary models can perform differently than the market as a whole as a result of the correlation factors used in the analysis to construct the models, the weight placed on each factor, and changes in the factors’ historical trends. As a result, the Fund may be more or less exposed to a risk factor than its individual holdings. Quantitative models are subject to technical issues including programming and data inaccuracies, are based on assumptions, and rely on data that is subject to limitations (e.g., inaccuracies, staleness), any of which could adversely affect their effectiveness or predictive value.
Sector and Industry Focus Risk: The Fund may invest a high percentage of its assets in specific sectors and/or industries of the market in order to achieve a potentially greater investment return. As a result, the Fund may be more susceptible to economic, political, and regulatory developments in a particular sector or industry of the market, positive or negative, and may experience increased volatility of the Fund’s net asset value with a magnified effect on the total return.
Where Can I Find Information About the Fund’s Portfolio Holdings Disclosure Policies?
A description of the Fund’s policies and procedures for disclosing portfolio securities to any person is available in the SAI and can also be found on the Fund’s website at TouchstoneInvestments.com.
13

THE FUNDS’ MANAGEMENT
Investment Adviser
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (“Touchstone Advisors” or the “Adviser”)
303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Touchstone Advisors has been a registered investment adviser since 1994. As of March 31, 2025, Touchstone Advisors had approximately $27.9 billion in assets under management. As the Funds’ investment adviser, Touchstone Advisors reviews, supervises, and administers the Funds’ investment programs and also ensures compliance with the Funds’ investment policies and guidelines.
Touchstone Advisors is responsible for selecting each Fund’s sub-adviser(s), subject to approval by the Board. Touchstone Advisors selects a sub-adviser that has shown good investment performance in its areas of expertise. Touchstone Advisors considers various factors in evaluating a sub-adviser, including:
●
Level of knowledge and skill;
●
Performance as compared to its peers or benchmark;
●
Consistency of performance over 5 years or more;
●
Level of compliance with investment rules and strategies;
●
Employees, facilities and financial strength; and
●
Quality of service.
Touchstone Advisors will also continually monitor each sub-adviser’s performance through various analyses and through in-person, telephone, and written consultations with a sub-adviser. Touchstone Advisors discusses its expectations for performance with each sub-adviser and provides evaluations and recommendations to the Board of Trustees, including whether or not a sub-adviser’s contract should be renewed, modified, or terminated.
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) or Touchstone Advisors, under certain conditions, to select or change unaffiliated sub-advisers, enter into new sub-advisory agreements, or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval. The Funds must still obtain shareholder approval of any sub-advisory agreement with a sub-adviser affiliated with the Trust or Touchstone Advisors other than by reason of serving as a sub-adviser to one or more Touchstone Funds. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of any changes to its sub-adviser.
Two or more sub-advisers may manage a Fund, from time to time, with each managing a portion of the Fund’s assets. If a Fund has more than one sub-adviser, Touchstone Advisors allocates how much of a Fund’s assets are managed by each sub-adviser. Touchstone Advisors may change these allocations from time to time, often based upon the results of its evaluations of the sub-advisers.
Touchstone Advisors is also responsible for running all of the operations of the Funds, except those that are subcontracted to a sub-adviser, custodian, transfer agent, sub-administrative agent or other parties. For its services, Touchstone Advisors is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from each Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund. The Annual Fee Rate below is the fee paid to Touchstone Advisors by each Fund, net of any advisory fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024. Touchstone Advisors pays sub-advisory fees to each sub-adviser from its advisory fee. 
Fund
Net Annual Fee Rate
as a % of
average daily net assets*
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
0.68
%
*Advisory fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements are described in the “Annual Fund Operating Expenses” table and the related footnotes in each Fund's summary section above.
Advisory and Sub-Advisory Agreement Approval. A discussion of the basis for the Board’s approval of the Fund’s advisory and sub-advisory agreement will be included in the Trust’s September 30, 2025 semi-annual report.
Additional Information
The Trustees of the Trust oversee generally the operations of the Fund and the Trust. The Trust enters into contractual arrangements with various parties, including, among others, the Funds’ investment adviser, custodian, transfer agent, accountants and distributor, who provide services to the Fund. Shareholders are not parties to, or intended (or “third-party”) beneficiaries of, any of those contractual arrangements,
14

and those contractual arrangements are not intended to create in any such individual shareholder or group of shareholders any right to enforce the terms of the contractual arrangements against the service providers or to seek any remedy under the contractual arrangements against the service providers, either directly or on behalf of the Trust.
This prospectus provides information concerning the Trust and the Fund that you should consider in determining whether to purchase shares of the Fund. The Fund may make changes to this information from time to time. Neither this prospectus, the SAI or any document filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement, is intended to, nor does it, give rise to an agreement or contract between the Trust or a Fund and its shareholders, or give rise to any contract or other rights in any such individual shareholder, group of shareholders or other person other than any rights conferred explicitly by federal or state securities laws that may not be waived.
Sub-Adviser and Portfolio Manager
Listed below are the sub-adviser and the portfolio managers that have responsibility for the day-to-day management of the Fund. A brief biographical description of each portfolio manager is also provided. The SAI provides additional information about the portfolio managers’ investments in the Fund that they manage, a description of their compensation structure, and information regarding other accounts that they manage.
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“LCAM”), located at 11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200, Los Angeles, California 90025 serves as the sub-adviser to the Fund. As the sub-adviser, Los Angeles Capital makes investment decisions for the Fund and also ensures compliance with the Fund’s investment policies and guidelines. Formed in 2002, Los Angeles Capital is independent and employee-owned through its parent entities. Los Angeles Capital provides investment management advice across a range of equity investment strategies that are broadly categorized as U.S. equities, Emerging Markets equities, Global equities, Developed Markets outside the U.S. equities, and long/short equities. Founding members include Tom Stevens CFA, Chairman; Hal Reynolds CFA, Co-Chief Investment Officer; and Stuart Matsuda, Chief Trading Officer. Daniel Allen CFA, is CEO & President and joined the Firm in 2009. As of December 31, 2024, Los Angeles Capital had approximately $30.9 billion in assets under management.
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA, is the Co-Chief Investment Officer of Los Angeles Capital. As Co-Chief Investment Officer and Chairman of Los Angeles Capital’s Investment Committee, Mr. Reynolds oversees the Firm’s investment process. Since co-founding Los Angeles Capital in 2002, Mr. Reynolds has worked closely with the Firm’s Research team to develop the Firm’s Investor Preference Theory®, Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model®, and the Forward Attribution® process for developing forward-looking expected factor returns. Working with the Firm’s Research Directors, he develops the Firm’s research goals and provides guidance on key projects to enhance the stock selection, portfolio construction, and trading processes. As a member of the Portfolio Review Committee, he works with senior members of the portfolio management team to establish key portfolio parameters for portfolio construction and rebalancing and on developing procedures for monitoring and controlling portfolio risk.
Prior to Los Angeles Capital, Mr. Reynolds was a managing director and principal at Wilshire Associates and prior to joining Wilshire, Mr. Reynolds was a vice president at Mellon Bank where he was responsible for the design and management of Mellon’s portfolio analysis product for plan sponsors.
Ed Rackham, Ph.D., As Co-Chief Investment Officer, Dr. Rackham’s role is to oversee the entire investment process with a specific focus on the research and development of portfolio construction techniques designed to forecast and control the investment risk of the Firm’s portfolios. In addition, Dr. Rackham and the Risk Management group look at ways to embed the Firm’s stock selection views into investment portfolios in a cost-controlled fashion, while simultaneously controlling for forecast uncertainty in both portfolio’s expected performance and forward-looking risk. Dr. Rackham works closely with the Portfolio Management and Trading departments. As Co-CIO, Dr. Rackham frequently meets with clients, prospects and consultants to communicate the Firm’s investment philosophy and details of the investment process.
Prior to joining Los Angeles Capital, Dr. Rackham spent six years at Wilshire Associates researching and developing risk and portfolio analytics tools, most recently as the Head of Research and Development of their Equity Analytics group. Previously, Dr. Rackham was an instructor in mathematics and physical chemistry at the University of Oxford, where he also earned his doctorate.
Daniel Arche, CFA, as a Senior Portfolio Manager and Director, Portfolio Strategy, Mr. Arche is responsible for select client relationships and managing their accounts in accordance with Los Angeles Capital's investment philosophy and process. Mr. Arche works to ensure that portfolios reflect the investment outlook of the Model and that portfolios are operating within expected risk tolerances and guidelines. He recommends changes to portfolio parameters with the goal of enhancing returns or better controlling risk. Mr. Arche is a member of the Firm’s Investment Committee, which is comprised of senior members of the investment team and is responsible for overseeing all decisions regarding improvements to the investment process. Mr. Arche is also chair of the Portfolio Review Committee, which meets to review the performance, risk profile, and characteristics of client portfolios and the outlook of Los Angeles Capital’s Dynamic Alpha Stock Selection Model®. Previously, Mr. Arche worked in the wealth management division of City National Bank.
15

CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES
Share Class Offerings. Each class of shares has different sales charges and distribution fees. The amount of sales charges and distribution fees you pay will depend on which class of shares you decide to purchase. In addition, certain intermediaries may provide different sales charge discounts and waivers. The sales charge variations and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Class A Shares
The offering price of Class A shares of each Fund is equal to its net asset value (“NAV”) plus a front-end sales charge that you pay when you buy your shares. The front-end sales charge is generally deducted from the amount of your investment. Class A shares are subject to a Rule 12b-1 distribution fee of up to 0.25% of the Fund’s average daily net assets allocable to Class A shares.
Class A Sales Charge. The following tables show the amount of front-end sales charge you will pay on purchases of Class A shares for the Touchstone equity funds and the Touchstone fixed income funds based on the total amount of your investment in the Touchstone Fund Complex. All funds managed by the Adviser are part of the “Touchstone Fund Complex.”
For these purposes, the Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund is a “Touchstone equity fund.”
Applicable to Touchstone equity fund(s): 
Amount of Your Investment
Sales Charge as%
of Offering Price
Sales Charge as% of
Net Amount Invested
Dealer Reallowance as%
of Offering Price
Under $25,000
5.00
%
5.26
%
4.50
%
$25,000 but less than $50,000
4.50
%
4.71
%
4.25
%
$50,000 but less than $100,000
4.00
%
4.17
%
3.75
%
$100,000 but less than $250,000
3.00
%
3.09
%
2.75
%
$250,000 but less than $1 million
2.00
%
2.04
%
1.75
%
$1 million or more
0.00
%
0.00
%
 None*
*
Distributor may pay a Finder's Fee (as defined in the Funds' SAI) on qualifying assets to dealers who initiate purchases of Class A shares of the Touchstone equity funds of $1,000,000 or more. However if shares are redeemed prior to 12 months after the date of purchase they may be subject to a CDSC of up to 1.00%.
Applicable to Touchstone fixed income fund(s): 
Amount of Your Investment
Sales Charge as%
of Offering Price
Sales Charge as% of
Net Amount Invested
Dealer Reallowance as%
of Offering Price
Under $100,000
3.25
%
3.36
%
3.00
%
$100,000 but less than $250,000
2.50
%
2.56
%
2.35
%
$250,000 but less than $500,000
1.50
%
1.52
%
1.40
%
$500,000 or more
0.00
%
0.00
%
 None*
*
Distributor may pay a Finder’s Fee on qualifying assets to dealers who initiate purchases of Touchstone fixed income funds Class A shares of $500,000 or more. However if shares are redeemed prior to 12 months after the date of purchase they may be subject to a CDSC of up to 1.00%.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge.* There is no front-end sales charge if you invest $1 million or more in any share class of the Touchstone equity funds. Additionally, there is no front-end sales charge if you invest $500,000 or more in any share class of the Touchstone fixed income funds. If you redeem shares that were part of the $1 million or $500,000 breakpoint purchase within one year of that purchase, you may pay a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of up to 1.00% or 0.50%, respectively, on the shares redeemed if a commission was paid by Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the “Distributor” or “Touchstone Securities”) to the broker-dealer on the account. There is no front-end sales charge on exchanges between Funds with the same load schedule or from a higher load schedule to a lower load schedule. In addition, there is no front-end sales charge on the following purchases:
●
Purchases by registered representatives or other employees** (and their immediate family members***) of financial intermediaries having selling agreements with Touchstone Securities.
●
Purchases in accounts as to which a broker-dealer or other financial intermediary charges an asset management fee economically comparable to a sales charge, provided the broker-dealer or other financial intermediary has a selling agreement with Touchstone Securities.
16

●
Purchases by a trust department of any financial intermediary serving in a fiduciary capacity as trustee to any trust over which it has discretionary trading authority.
●
Purchases through a financial intermediary that has agreements with Touchstone Securities, or whose programs are available through financial intermediaries that have agreements with Touchstone Securities relating to mutual fund supermarket programs, fee-based wrap or asset allocation programs.
●
Purchases by an employee benefit plan having more than 25 eligible employees or a minimum of $250,000 in plan assets. This waiver applies to any investing employee benefit plan meeting the minimum eligibility requirements and whose transactions are executed through a financial intermediary that has entered into an agreement with Touchstone Securities to use the Touchstone Funds in connection with the plan’s accounts. The term “employee benefit plan” applies to qualified pension, profit-sharing, or other employee benefit plans.
●
Purchases by an employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with Touchstone Securities.
●
Reinvestment of redemption proceeds from Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund if the reinvestment occurs within 90 days of redemption.
*
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
**
The term “employee” is deemed to include current and retired employees.
***
Immediate family members are defined as the parents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, spouse, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law, niece or nephew and children of a registered representative or employee, and any other individual to whom the registered representative or employee provides material support.
Touchstone Securities has agreed to waive the Class A sales charge for clients of financial intermediaries that have entered into an agreement with Touchstone Securities to offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to their customers. As of the date of this Prospectus, this arrangement applies to shareholders purchasing Fund shares through platforms at the following intermediaries:
●
Merrill Lynch
●
RBC
●
JP Morgan Securities
●
Morgan Stanley
●
Raymond James
●
Ameriprise Financial
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated. You should ask your financial intermediary if it offers and you are eligible to participate in such a mutual fund program and whether participation in the program is consistent with your investment goals. The intermediaries sponsoring or participating in these mutual fund programs may also offer their clients other classes of shares of the funds and investors may receive different levels of services or pay different fees depending upon the class of shares included in the program. Investors should carefully consider any separate transaction fee or other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.
You must notify your financial intermediary (or Touchstone Securities for purchases made directly from the Funds) at the time of purchase that you believe you qualify for a sales charge waiver, in addition to providing appropriate proof of your eligibility. Failure to provide such notification and proof may result in you not receiving the sales charge waiver to which you are otherwise entitled. For direct purchases through Touchstone Securities, you may apply for a waiver by marking the appropriate section on the investment application and completing the “Special Account Options” form. You can obtain the application and form by calling Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or by visiting the Touchstone Funds’ website: TouchstoneInvestments.com. Purchases at NAV may be made for investment only, and the shares may not be resold except through redemption by or on behalf of the Fund. At the option of the Fund, the front-end sales charge may be included on future purchases.
Reduced Class A Sales Charge. You may also purchase Class A shares of a Fund at the reduced sales charges shown in the table above through the Rights of Accumulation Program or by signing a Letter of Intent. The following purchasers (“Qualified Purchasers”) may qualify for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
●
an individual, an individual’s spouse, or an individual’s children under the age of 21; or
●
a trustee or other fiduciary purchasing shares for a single fiduciary account although more than one beneficiary is involved.
17

The following accounts (“Qualified Accounts”) held in any Touchstone Fund Complex may be grouped together to qualify for the reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program or Letter of Intent:
●
Individual accounts
●
Joint tenant with rights of survivorship accounts
●
Uniform Gifts/Transfers to Minors Act (“UGTMA”) Accounts
●
Trust accounts
●
Estate accounts
●
Guardian/Conservator accounts
●
Individual Retirement Accounts (“IRAs”), including Traditional, Roth, Simplified Employee Pension Plans (“SEP”) and Savings Incentive Match Plan for Employees (“SIMPLE”)
●
Coverdell Education Savings Accounts (“Education IRAs”)
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Rights of Accumulation Program. Under the Rights of Accumulation Program, you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by aggregating all of your investments in the Touchstone Fund Complex held in Qualified Accounts. You or your dealer must notify Touchstone Securities at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your qualification. If your shares are held directly in a Touchstone Fund or through a dealer, you may combine the historical cost or current NAV (whichever is higher) of your existing shares of any Touchstone Fund with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. Historical cost is the price you actually paid for the shares you own, plus your reinvested dividends and capital gains. If you are using historical cost to qualify for a reduced sales charge, you should retain any records to substantiate your historical costs since the Fund, its transfer agent or your broker-dealer may not maintain this information.
If your shares are held through a financial intermediary, you may combine the current NAV of your existing shares of any Touchstone Fund with the amount of your current purchase in order to take advantage of the reduced sales charge. You or your financial intermediary must notify Touchstone at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a reduced sales charge under the Rights of Accumulation Program and must provide copies of account statements dated within three months of your current purchase verifying your qualification. Upon receipt of the above referenced supporting documentation, Touchstone Securities will calculate the combined value of all of the Qualified Purchaser’s Qualified Accounts to determine if the current purchase is eligible for a reduced sales charge. Purchases made for nominee or street name accounts (securities held in the name of a dealer or another nominee such as a bank trust department instead of the customer) may not be aggregated with purchases for other accounts and may not be aggregated with other nominee or street name accounts unless otherwise qualified as described above.
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Letter of Intent. If you plan to invest at least $25,000 in Class A shares of Touchstone equity funds sold with a front-end sales charge or $50,000 in Class A shares of Touchstone fixed income funds sold with a front-end sales charge (excluding any reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions) during the next 13 months you may qualify for a reduced sales charge by completing a Letter of Intent. A Letter of Intent indicates your intent to purchase at least $25,000 in Class A shares of any Touchstone equity fund sold with a front-end sales charge or at least $50,000 in Class A shares of any Touchstone fixed income fund sold with a front-end sales charge over the next 13 months in exchange for a reduced sales charge indicated on the above chart. The minimum initial investment under a Letter of Intent is $10,000. You are not obligated to purchase additional shares if you complete a Letter of Intent. If you do not buy enough shares to qualify for the projected level of sales charge by the end of the 13-month period (or when you sell your shares, if earlier), then your sales charge will be recalculated to reflect your actual purchase level. During the term of the Letter of Intent, shares representing 5% of your intended purchase will be held in escrow. If you do not purchase enough shares during the 13-month period to qualify for the projected reduced sales charge, the additional sales charge will be deducted from your escrow account. If you have purchased Class A shares of any Touchstone Fund sold with a front-end sales charge within 90 days prior to signing a Letter of Intent, they may be included as part of your intended purchase, however, previous purchase transactions will not be recalculated with the proposed new breakpoint. You must provide either a list of account numbers or copies of account statements verifying your purchases within the past 90 days.
18

Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Other Information. Information about sales charges and breakpoints is also available in a clear and prominent format on the Touchstone Funds’ website: TouchstoneInvestments.com. You can access this information by selecting the “Resources” link and then the “Sales Charges and Breakpoints” link under the heading “Regulatory.” For more information about qualifying for a reduced or waived sales charge, contact your financial adviser or contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407.
Class C Shares
Class C shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. Class C shares are subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee. A CDSC of 1.00% will be charged on Class C shares redeemed within 1 year after you purchased them. In most cases it is more advantageous to purchase Class A shares for amounts of $1 million or more. Therefore, a request to purchase Class C shares for $1 million or more will be considered as a purchase request for Class A shares or declined. Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Effective June 30, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), Class C shares of each Fund automatically convert into Class A shares of the same Fund after they have been held for eight (8) years. The conversion is not considered a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. These automatic conversions are executed without any sales charge (including CDSCs), redemption or transaction fee, or other charge. After such a conversion takes place, the shares will be subject to all features, rights and expenses of Class A shares. If you hold Class C shares through certain financial intermediaries, such as an omnibus account or group retirement recordkeeping platform, your intermediary may not be able to track the amount of time you held your Class C shares purchased before June 30, 2020. In that case, Class C shares held prior to June 30, 2020 would convert to Class A shares eight (8) years after the Effective Date of this policy. In addition, Class C shares held through certain financial intermediaries may convert to Class A shares of the same Fund in a shorter time frame than shares purchased directly from the Fund. Please contact your financial intermediary for further information about its Class C shares to Class A shares conversion policy.
Class Y Shares
Class Y shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. Class Y shares are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee or CDSC. In addition, Class Y shares may be purchased through certain mutual fund programs sponsored by qualified intermediaries, such as broker-dealers and investment advisers. In each case, the intermediary has entered into an agreement with Touchstone Securities to include the Touchstone Funds in their program where the intermediary provides investors participating in their program with additional services, including advisory, asset allocation, recordkeeping or other services. You should ask your financial institution if it offers and you are eligible to participate in such a mutual fund program and whether participation in the program is consistent with your investment goals. The intermediaries sponsoring or participating in these mutual fund programs may also offer their clients other classes of shares of the funds and investors may receive different levels of services or pay different fees depending upon the class of shares included in the program. If you purchase Class Y shares through a broker acting solely as an agent on behalf of its customers, that broker may charge you a commission. Such commissions, if any, are not charged by the Touchstone Funds and are not reflected in the fee tables or expense examples in this prospectus. Investors should carefully consider any separate transaction fee or other fees charged by these programs in connection with investing in each available share class before selecting a share class.
Institutional Class Shares
Institutional Class shares of the Funds are sold at NAV without an initial sales charge so that the full amount of your purchase payment may be immediately invested in the Funds. Institutional Class shares are not subject to a Rule 12b-1 fee or CDSC.
Class R6 Shares
No dealer compensation is paid from the sale of Class R6 shares of the Funds. Class R6 shares of the Funds are sold at NAV and do not pay a sales charge, Rule 12b-1 fee, impose a CDSC, or make payments to financial intermediaries/broker-dealers for assisting Touchstone Securities, Inc. (the Fund’s distributor) in promoting the sales of the Fund’s shares. In addition, neither the Funds nor its affiliates make any type of administrative, service, relationship, or revenue sharing payments in connection with Class R6 shares. An investor transacting in Class R6 shares may be required to pay a commission to a broker for effecting such transactions on an agency basis.
19

DISTRIBUTION AND SHAREHOLDER SERVICING ARRANGEMENTS
Rule 12b-1 Distribution Plans. Each Fund offering Class A shares and Class C shares has adopted a distribution plan under Rule 12b-1 of the 1940 Act. The plans allow each Fund to pay distribution and other fees for the sale and distribution of its shares and for services provided to shareholders. Under the Class A plan, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 0.25% of average daily net assets that are attributable to Class A shares. Under the Class C plan, the Funds pay an annual fee of up to 1.00% of average daily net assets that are attributable to Class C shares (of which up to 0.75% is a distribution fee and up to 0.25% is a shareholder servicing fee). Because these fees are paid out of a Fund’s assets on an ongoing basis, they will increase the cost of your investment and over time may cost you more than paying other types of sales charges.
Additional Compensation to Financial Intermediaries. Touchstone Securities, the Trust’s principal underwriter, at its expense (from a designated percentage of its income) currently provides additional compensation to certain dealers. Touchstone Securities pursues a focused distribution strategy with a limited number of dealers who have sold shares of the Touchstone Funds. Touchstone Securities reviews and makes changes to the focused distribution strategy on a periodic basis. These payments are generally based on a pro rata share of a dealer’s sales or assets. Touchstone Securities may also provide compensation in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for employees, seminars for the public, advertising and other dealer-sponsored programs. Touchstone Advisors, at its own expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain broker dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for certain services including distribution, administrative, sub-accounting, sub-transfer agency and/or shareholder servicing activities. These additional cash payments to a financial intermediary are payments over and above sales commissions or reallowances, distribution fees or servicing fees (including networking, administration and sub-transfer agency fees). These additional cash payments also may be made as an expense reimbursement in cases where the financial intermediary bears certain costs in connection with providing shareholder services to Fund shareholders. Touchstone Advisors may also reimburse Touchstone Securities for making these payments.
Touchstone Advisors and its affiliates may also pay cash compensation in the form of finders’ fees or referral fees that vary depending on the dollar amount of shares sold. The amount and value of additional cash payments vary for each financial intermediary. The additional cash payment arrangement between a particular financial intermediary and Touchstone Advisors or its affiliates may provide for increased rates of compensation as the dollar value of the Fund’s shares or particular class of shares sold or invested through such financial intermediary increases. The availability of these additional cash payments, the varying fee structure within a particular additional cash payment arrangement and the basis for and manner in which a financial intermediary compensates its sales representatives may create a financial incentive for a particular financial intermediary and its sales representatives to recommend a Fund’s shares over the shares of other mutual funds based, at least in part, on the level of compensation paid. You should consult with your financial adviser and review carefully any disclosure by the financial firm as to compensation received by your financial adviser. Although the Funds may use financial firms that sell the Funds’ shares to effect portfolio transactions for the Funds, the Funds and Touchstone Advisors will not consider the sale of a Fund’s shares as a factor when choosing financial firms to effect those transactions. For more information on payment arrangements, please see the section entitled “Touchstone Securities” in the SAI.
20

INVESTING WITH TOUCHSTONE
Choosing the Appropriate Investments to Match Your Goals. Investing well requires a plan. We recommend that you meet with your financial adviser to plan a strategy that will best meet your financial goals.
Purchasing Your Shares
Please read this prospectus carefully and then determine how much you want to invest.
●
Classes A and C shares may be purchased directly through Touchstone Securities, Inc. (“Touchstone Securities”) or through your financial intermediary.
●
Class Y shares are available through certain financial intermediaries who have appropriate selling agreements in place with Touchstone Securities.
●
Institutional Class and Class R6 shares may be purchased directly through Touchstone Securities or through your financial intermediary.
In order to open an account you must complete an investment application. You can obtain an investment application from Touchstone Securities, your financial adviser or other financial intermediary, or by visiting TouchstoneInvestments.com.
Subject to the restrictions on new accounts described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Buying and Selling Fund Shares,” you may purchase shares of the Fund directly from Touchstone Securities or through your financial intermediary.
You may purchase shares in the Fund on a day when the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for trading (“Business Day”). Currently, the NYSE is normally open for trading every weekday except: (1) in the event of an emergency, or (2) for the following holidays: New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Juneteenth, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. For more information about how to purchase shares, call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407.
Investor Alert: Each Touchstone Fund reserves the right to restrict or reject any purchase request, including exchanges from other Touchstone Funds, which it regards as disruptive to efficient portfolio management. For example, a purchase request could be rejected because of the timing of the investment or because of a history of excessive trading by the investor (see “Market Timing Policy” in this prospectus). Touchstone Securities may change applicable initial and additional investment minimums at any time.
Opening an Account
Important Information About Procedures for Opening an Account. Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each person who opens an account. What this means for you: When you open an account, we will ask for your name, residential address, date of birth, government identification number and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents. If we do not receive these required pieces of information, there will be a delay in processing your investment request, which could subject your investment to market risk. If we are unable to immediately verify your identity, the Fund may restrict further investment until your identity is verified. However, if we are unable to completely verify your identity through our verification process, the Fund reserves the right to close your account without notice and return your investment to you at the price determined at the end of business (typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or at such other time that the NYSE establishes official closing prices), on the day that your account is closed. If we close your account because we are unable to completely verify your identity, your investment will be subject to market fluctuation, which could result in a loss of a portion of your principal investment.
Investing in the Funds
By mail or through your financial adviser
●
Please make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to the Touchstone Funds. We do not accept third party checks for initial investments.
●
Send your check with the completed investment application by regular mail to Touchstone Investments, P.O. Box 534467 Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Investments, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., Attention: 534467 500 Ross Street, 154-0520 Pittsburgh, PA 15262.
●
Your application will be processed subject to your check clearing. If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
●
You may also open an account through your financial adviser.
21

By wire or Automated Clearing House (“ACH”)
●
You may open an account by purchasing shares by wire or ACH transfer. Call Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407 for wire or ACH instructions.
●
Touchstone Securities will not process wire or ACH purchases until it receives a completed investment application.
●
There is no charge imposed by the Funds to make a wire or ACH purchase. Your bank, financial intermediary or processing organization may charge a fee to send a wire or ACH purchase to Touchstone Securities.
Through your financial intermediary
●
You may invest in certain share classes by establishing an account through financial intermediaries that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities.
●
Your financial intermediary will act as the shareholder of record of your shares.
●
Financial intermediaries may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions or may charge you fees for their services.
●
Financial intermediaries may designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds’ behalf.
●
Your financial intermediaries may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone Securities, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates.
●
Before investing in the Funds through your financial intermediary, you should read any materials provided by your financial intermediary together with this prospectus.
By exchange. Touchstone Funds may be exchanged pursuant to the exchange rules outlined below:
●
Class A shares may be exchanged into Class A shares of any other Touchstone Fund at NAV, although Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges.
●
Class C shares may be exchanged into Class C shares of any other Touchstone Fund, although Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges.
●
Class Y shares of a Fund are exchangeable for Class Y shares of any other Touchstone Fund, as long as investment minimums and proper selling agreement requirements are met. Class Y shares may be available through financial intermediaries that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities, or through “processing organizations” (e.g., mutual fund supermarkets) that purchase shares for their customers. Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges.
●
Institutional Class shares of the Funds are exchangeable for Institutional Class shares of any other Touchstone Fund as long as investment minimums and proper selling agreement requirements are met, although Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges.
●
Class A, C, Y, and R6 shareholders who are eligible to invest in Institutional Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class A shares, Class C shares, and Class Y shares and Class R6 shares for Institutional Class shares of the same Fund, if offered in their state, and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial intermediary. Please see the SAI for more information under “Choosing a Class of Shares.”
●
Class A, C, Y and Institutional shareholders who are eligible to invest in R6 Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class A shares, Class C shares, Class Y shares and Institutional Class shares for R6 shares of the same Fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial intermediary. Please see the SAI for more information under “Choosing a Class of Shares.”
●
Class A and Class C shareholders who are eligible to invest in Class Y shares are eligible to exchange their Class A shares and/or Class C shares for Class Y shares of the same Fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial intermediary.
●
Class R6 shares may be exchanged into Class R6 shares of any other Touchstone Fund at NAV, although Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges.
●
Class R6 shareholders who are eligible to invest in Institutional Class shares are eligible to exchange their Class R6 shares for Institutional Class shares of the same Fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial intermediary. Please see the Fund’s SAI for more information under “Choosing a Class of Shares.”
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT EXCHANGES: Shares otherwise subject to a CDSC will not be charged a CDSC in an exchange. However, when you redeem the shares acquired through the exchange, the shares you redeem may be subject to a CDSC, depending on when you originally purchased the exchanged shares. For purposes of computing the CDSC, the length of time you have owned your shares will be measured from the date of original purchase and will not be affected by any exchange.
Before making an exchange of your Fund shares, you should carefully review the disclosure provided in the prospectus relating to the Fund into which you are exchanging. Touchstone Funds that are closed to new investors may not accept exchanges. You do not have to pay any exchange fee for your exchange, but if you exchange from a Fund with a lower load schedule to a Fund with a higher load schedule you may be charged the load differential.
22

You may realize a taxable gain if you exchange shares of a Fund for shares of another Fund. See “Distributions and Taxes — Federal Income Tax Information” for more information and the federal income tax consequences of such an exchange.
Through retirement plans. You may invest in certain Funds through various retirement plans. These include individual retirement plans and employer sponsored retirement plans.  
Individual Retirement Plans
Employer Sponsored Retirement Plans
●Traditional IRAs
●Defined benefit plans
●SIMPLE IRAs
●Defined contribution plans (including 401(k) plans,
profit sharing plans and money purchase plans)
●Spousal IRAs
●Roth IRAs
●457 plans
●Education IRAs
 
●SEP IRAs
 
To determine which type of retirement plan is appropriate for you, please contact your tax adviser.
For further information about any of the plans, agreements, applications and annual fees, contact Touchstone at 1.800.543.0407 or contact your financial intermediary.
Through a processing organization. You may also purchase shares of the Funds through a “processing organization,” (e.g., a mutual fund supermarket) which is a broker-dealer, bank or other financial institution that purchases shares for its customers.
Some of the Touchstone Funds have authorized certain processing organizations (“Authorized Processing Organizations”) to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. Before investing in the Funds through a processing organization, you should read any materials provided by the processing organization together with this prospectus. You should also ask the processing organization if they are authorized by Touchstone Securities to receive purchase and sales orders on their behalf. If the processing organization is not authorized, then your purchase order could be rejected which could subject your investment to market risk. When shares are purchased through an Authorized Processing Organization, there may be various differences compared to investing directly with Touchstone Securities. The Authorized Processing Organization may:
●
Charge a fee for its services.
●
Act as the shareholder of record of the shares.
●
Set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements.
●
Impose other charges and restrictions.
●
Designate intermediaries to accept purchase and sales orders on the Funds’ behalf. Touchstone Securities considers a purchase or sales order as received when an Authorized Processing Organization, or its authorized designee, receives the order in proper form.
Shares held through an Authorized Processing Organization may be transferred into your name following procedures established by your Authorized Processing Organization and Touchstone Securities. Certain Authorized Processing Organizations may receive compensation from the Funds, Touchstone Securities, Touchstone Advisors or their affiliates. It is the responsibility of an Authorized Processing Organization to transmit properly completed orders so that they will be received by Touchstone Securities in a timely manner.
Pricing of Purchases
Purchase orders received in proper form by Touchstone Securities, or a financial intermediary, by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, or at such other time that the NYSE establishes official closing prices, are processed at that day’s public offering price (NAV plus any applicable sales charge). Purchase orders received after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE are processed at the public offering price determined on the following Business Day. It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone Securities in proper form and in a timely manner.
Adding to Your Account
By check
●
Complete the investment form provided with a recent account statement.
23

●
Make your check (drawn on a U.S. bank and payable in U.S. dollars) payable to Touchstone Funds.
●
Write your account number on the check.
●
Either mail the check with the investment form to (1) Touchstone Securities; or (2) to your financial intermediary at the address printed on your account statement. Your financial adviser or financial intermediary is responsible for forwarding payment promptly to Touchstone Securities.
●
If your check is returned for insufficient funds or uncollected funds, you may be charged a fee and you will be responsible for any resulting loss to the Fund.
Through Touchstone Securities - By telephone or Internet
●
You can exchange your shares over the telephone by calling Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407, unless you have specifically declined this option. If you do not wish to have this ability, you must mark the appropriate section of the investment application.
●
You may also exchange your shares online via the Touchstone Funds’ website TouchstoneInvestments.com. You may only sell shares over the telephone or via the Internet if the value of the shares sold is less than or equal to $100,000.
●
In order to protect your investment assets, Touchstone Securities will only follow instructions received by telephone that it reasonably believes to be genuine. However, there is no guarantee that the instructions relied upon will always be genuine and Touchstone Securities will not be liable, in those cases. Touchstone Securities has certain procedures to confirm that telephone instructions are genuine. If it does not follow such procedures in a particular case, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Some of these procedures may include:
●
Requiring personal identification.
●
Making checks payable only to the owner(s) of the account shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Mailing checks only to the account address shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Directing wires only to the bank account shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Providing written confirmation for transactions requested by telephone.
●
Digitally recording instructions received by telephone.
By wire or ACH
●
Contact your bank and ask it to wire or ACH funds to Touchstone Securities. Specify your name and account number when remitting the funds.
●
Your bank may charge a fee for handling wire transfers. ACH transactions take 2-3 business days but can be transferred from most banks without a fee.
●
If you hold your shares directly with Touchstone Securities and have ACH instructions on file for your non-retirement individual or joint account you may initiate a purchase transaction through the Touchstone Funds’ website at TouchstoneInvestments.com.
●
Purchases in the Funds will be processed at that day’s NAV (or public offering price, if applicable) if Touchstone Securities receives a properly executed wire or ACH by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, typically 4:00 p.m. Eastern time or at such other time that the NYSE establishes official closing prices, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading.
●
Contact Touchstone Securities or your financial intermediary for further instructions.
By exchange
●
You may add to your account by exchanging shares from another Touchstone Fund.
●
For information about how to exchange shares among the Touchstone Funds, see “Investing in the Funds - By exchange” in this prospectus.
●
Exchange transactions can also be initiated for non-retirement individual or joint accounts via the Touchstone Funds’ website TouchstoneInvestments.com.
Purchases with Securities
Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to, shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to Touchstone Advisors. Transactions of this type are generally a taxable transaction. Shareholders should consult with their particular tax adviser regarding their personal tax situation.
Automatic Investment Options
The various ways that you can automatically invest in the Funds are outlined below. Touchstone Securities does not charge any fees for these services. For further details about these services, call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407. If you hold your shares through a financial intermediary such as a broker dealer, please contact that firm directly for further details on automatic investment options available for your account.
24

Automatic Investment Plan. If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, you can pre-authorize monthly investments in a Fund of $50 or more to be processed electronically from a checking or savings account. You will need to complete the appropriate section in the investment application or special account options to do this. Amounts that are automatically invested in a Fund will not be available for redemption until three business days after the automatic reinvestment.
Reinvestment/Cross Reinvestment. If you hold your shares directly with the Fund, dividends and capital gains can be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them or in another Touchstone Fund within the same class of shares without a fee or sales charge. If you select to reinvest your dividends and capital gains, dividends and capital gains will be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them, unless you indicate otherwise on your investment application. You may also choose to have your dividends or capital gains paid to you in cash if such amounts are greater than $25; lesser amounts will be automatically reinvested in the Fund. Dividends are taxable for federal income tax purposes whether you reinvest such dividends in additional shares of a Fund or choose to receive cash. If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash for a non–retirement account and the payment (1) is returned and marked as “undeliverable” or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the payable date. In addition, any undeliverable checks from non-retirement accounts will be deposited into an account for potential escheatment to your state of residence. Checks from open non-retirement accounts that are not cashed for six months will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the date of cancellation, which may be higher or lower than the NAV at which your shares were initially redeemed. Otherwise, no action will be taken regarding undeliverable or uncashed checks.
Direct Deposit Purchase Plan. You may automatically invest Social Security checks, private payroll checks, pension payouts or any other pre-authorized government or private recurring payments in the Touchstone Funds.
Dollar Cost Averaging. Our dollar cost averaging program allows you to diversify your investments by investing the same amount on a regular basis. You can set up periodic automatic exchanges of at least $50 from one Touchstone Fund to any other. The applicable sales charge, if any, will be assessed.
Selling Your Shares
If you elect to receive your redemption proceeds from a non–retirement account in cash, the payment is not cashed for six months and the account remains open, the redemption check will be cancelled and then reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the date of cancellation, which may be higher or lower than the NAV at which your shares were initially redeemed. Otherwise, no action will be taken.
Through Touchstone Securities - By telephone or Internet
●
You can sell your shares over the telephone by calling Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407, unless you have specifically declined this option. If you do not wish to have this ability, you must mark the appropriate section of the investment application.
●
You may also sell your shares online via the Touchstone Funds’ website: TouchstoneInvestments.com.
●
You may sell shares over the telephone or via the Internet only if the value of the shares sold is less than or equal to $100,000.
●
If we receive your sale request by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, typically 4:00 p.m., Eastern time or at such other time that the NYSE establishes official closing prices, on a day when the NYSE is open for regular trading, the sale of your shares will be processed at the next determined NAV on that Business Day. Otherwise it will occur on the next Business Day.
●
Interruptions in telephone or Internet service could prevent you from selling your shares when you want to. When you have difficulty making telephone or Internet sales, you should mail to Touchstone Securities (or send by overnight delivery) a written request for the sale of your shares.
●
In order to protect your investment assets, Touchstone Securities will only follow instructions received by telephone or online that it reasonably believes to be genuine. However, there is no guarantee that the instructions relied upon will always be genuine and Touchstone Securities will not be liable, in those cases as long as Touchstone Securities has followed established procedures to confirm that telephone and/or internet trade instructions are genuine. If it does not follow such procedures in a particular case, it may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent instructions. Some of these procedures may include:
●
Requiring personal identification details to validate identity.
●
Making checks payable only to the owner(s) of the account shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Mailing checks only to the account address shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Directing wires or ACH payments only to the bank account shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
●
Providing written confirmation for transactions requested by telephone or internet.
●
Digitally recording instructions received by telephone and/or internet.
Through Touchstone Securities - By mail
●
Write to Touchstone Securities, P.O. Box 534467 Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467.
●
Indicate the number of shares or dollar amount to be sold.
25

●
Include your name and account number.
●
Sign your request exactly as your name appears on your investment application.
●
You may be required to have your signature guaranteed. (See “Signature Guarantees” in this prospectus for more information).
Through Touchstone Securities - By wire
●
Complete the appropriate information on the investment application.
●
If your proceeds are $1,000 or more, you may request that Touchstone Securities wire them to your bank account.
●
You may be charged a fee of up to $15 for wiring redemption proceeds. You may also be charged an additional fee by your bank or financial intermediary. Certain institutional shareholders who trade daily are not charged wire redemption fees.
●
Your redemption proceeds may be deposited directly into your bank account through an ACH transaction. There is no fee imposed by the Funds for ACH transactions, however, you may be charged a fee by your bank to receive an ACH transaction. Contact Touchstone Securities for more information.
●
If you hold your shares directly with Touchstone Securities and have ACH or wire instructions on file for your non-retirement account you may transact through the Touchstone Funds’ website at TouchstoneInvestments.com.
Through Touchstone Securities - Through a systematic withdrawal plan
●
You may elect to receive, or send to a third party, withdrawals of $50 or more if your account value is at least $5,000.
●
Systematic withdrawals can be made monthly, quarterly, semiannually or annually.
●
There is no fee for this service.
●
There is no minimum account balance required for retirement plans.
Through your financial intermediary
●
You may also sell shares by contacting your financial intermediary, which may charge you a fee for this service. Shares held in street name must be sold through your financial intermediary
●
Your financial intermediary is responsible for making sure that sale requests are transmitted to Touchstone Securities in proper form and in a timely manner.
●
Your financial intermediary may charge you a fee for selling your shares.
●
Redemption proceeds will only be sent to your account at the financial intermediary.
Investor Alert: Unless otherwise specified, proceeds will be sent to the record owner at the address shown on Touchstone Securities’ records.
Pricing of Redemptions
Redemption orders received in proper form by Touchstone Securities, an Authorized Processing Organization, or a financial intermediary, by the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE, generally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time, are processed at that day’s NAV. Redemption orders received after the close of the regular session of trading on the NYSE are processed at the NAV determined on the following business day. It is the responsibility of the financial intermediary or Authorized Processing Organization to transmit orders that will be received by Touchstone Securities in proper form and in a timely manner.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”)
If you purchase $1 million or more in Touchstone equity fund Class A shares at NAV or $500,000 or more in Touchstone fixed income fund Class A shares at NAV and a commission was paid by Touchstone Securities to a participating broker dealer, a CDSC of up to 1.00% or 0.50%, respectively, may be charged on redemptions made within 1 year of your purchase. Additionally, when an upfront commission is paid to a participating broker dealer on transactions of $1 million or more in Touchstone equity fund Class A shares or $500,000 or more in Touchstone fixed income fund Class A shares, the Fund will withhold any 12b-1 fee for the first 12 months following the purchase date. If you redeem Class C shares within 12 months of your purchase, a CDSC of 1.00% will be charged.
The CDSC will not apply to redemptions of shares you received through reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions and may be waived under certain circumstances described below. The CDSC will be assessed on the lesser of your shares’ NAV at the time of redemption or the time of purchase. The CDSC is paid to Touchstone Securities to reimburse expenses incurred in providing distribution-related services to the Funds.
All sales charges imposed on redemptions are paid to Touchstone Securities. In determining whether the CDSC is payable, it is assumed that shares not subject to the CDSC are the first redeemed followed by other shares held for the longest period of time. The CDSC will not be imposed upon shares representing reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions, or upon amounts representing share appreciation.
26

No CDSC is applied if:
●
The redemption is due to the death or post-purchase disability of a shareholder. Touchstone Securities may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge.
●
Any partial or complete redemption following death or disability (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) of a shareholder (including one who owns the shares with his or her spouse as a joint tenant with rights of survivorship) from an account in which the deceased or disabled is named. Touchstone Securities may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge, including death certificates, physicians’ certificates, etc.
●
Redemptions from a systematic withdrawal plan. The CDSC will be waived if the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed dollar amount or number of shares, and systematic withdrawal redemptions are limited to no more than 10% of your account value or number of shares per year, as of the date the transfer agent receives your request. If the systematic withdrawal plan must be based on a fixed percentage of your account value, each redemption is limited to an amount that would not exceed 10% of your annual account value at the time of withdrawal.
●
Redemptions from retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code. The CDSC will be waived for benefit payments made by Touchstone Securities directly to plan participants. Benefit payments will include, but are not limited to, payments resulting from death, disability, retirement, separation from service, required minimum distributions (as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code), in-service distributions, hardships, loans and qualified domestic relations orders. The CDSC waiver will not apply in the event of termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial intermediary.
●
The redemption is for a mandatory withdrawal from a traditional IRA account after reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
The above mentioned CDSC waivers do not apply to Class A share redemptions made within one year of the date of purchase where a Finder’s Fee was paid. The SAI contains further details about the CDSC and the conditions for waiving the CDSC. Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Signature Guarantees
Some circumstances may require that your request to sell shares be made in writing accompanied by an original Medallion Signature Guarantee. A Medallion Signature Guarantee helps protect you against fraud. You can obtain one from many banks or securities dealers, but not from a notary public. Each Fund reserves the right to require a signature guarantee for any request related to your account including, but not limited to:
●
Proceeds to be paid when information on your account has been changed within the last 30 days (including a change in your name or your address, or the name or address of a payee).
●
Proceeds are being sent to an address other than the address of record.
●
Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred from unlike registrations such as a joint account to an individual’s account.
●
Sending proceeds via wire or ACH when bank instructions have been added or changed within 30 days of your redemption request.
●
Proceeds or shares are being sent/transferred between accounts with different account registrations.
Market Timing Policy
Market timing or excessive trading in accounts that you own or control may disrupt portfolio investment strategies, may increase brokerage and administrative costs, and may negatively impact investment returns for all shareholders, including long- term shareholders who do not generate these costs. The Funds will take reasonable steps to discourage excessive short-term trading and will not knowingly accommodate frequent purchases and redemptions of Fund shares by shareholders. The Board of Trustees has adopted the following policies and procedures with respect to market timing of the Funds by shareholders. The Funds will monitor selected trades on a daily basis in an effort to deter excessive short-term trading. If a Fund has reason to believe that a shareholder has engaged in excessive short-term trading, the Fund may ask the shareholder to stop such activities, or restrict or refuse to process purchases or exchanges in the shareholder’s accounts. While a Fund cannot assure the prevention of all excessive trading and market timing, by making these judgments the Fund believes it is acting in a manner that is in the best interests of its shareholders. However, because the Funds cannot prevent all market timing, shareholders may be subject to the risks described above.
Generally, a shareholder may be considered a market timer if he or she has (i) requested an exchange or redemption out of any of the Touchstone Funds within 2 weeks of an earlier purchase or exchange request into any Touchstone Fund, or (ii) made more than 2 “round-trip” exchanges within a rolling 90 day period. A “round-trip” exchange occurs when a shareholder exchanges from one Touchstone Fund to another Touchstone Fund and back to the original Touchstone Fund. If a shareholder exceeds these limits, the Funds may restrict or
27

suspend that shareholder’s exchange privileges and subsequent exchange requests during the suspension will not be processed. The Funds may also restrict or refuse to process purchases by the shareholder. These exchange limits and excessive trading policies generally do not apply to systematic purchases and redemptions.
Financial intermediaries (such as investment advisers and broker-dealers) often establish omnibus accounts in the Funds for their customers through which transactions are placed. If a Fund identifies excessive trading in such an account, the Fund may instruct the intermediary to restrict the investor responsible for the excessive trading from further trading in the Fund. In accordance with Rule 22c-2 under the 1940 Act, the Funds have entered into information sharing agreements with certain financial intermediaries. Under these agreements, a financial intermediary is obligated to: (1) enforce during the term of the agreement, the Funds’ market-timing policy; (2) furnish the Funds, upon their request, with information regarding customer trading activities in shares of the Funds; and (3) enforce the Funds’ market-timing policy with respect to customers identified by the Funds as having engaged in market timing. When information regarding transactions in the Funds’ shares is requested by a Fund and such information is in the possession of a person that is itself a financial intermediary to a financial intermediary (an “indirect intermediary”), any financial intermediary with whom the Funds have an information sharing agreement is obligated to obtain transaction information from the indirect intermediary or, if directed by the Funds, to restrict or prohibit the indirect intermediary from purchasing shares of the Funds on behalf of other persons.
The Funds apply these policies and procedures uniformly to all shareholders believed to be engaged in market timing or excessive trading. The Funds have no arrangements to permit any investor to trade frequently in shares of the Funds, nor will they enter into any such arrangements in the future.
Householding Policy (only applicable for shares held directly through Touchstone Securities)
Each Fund you invest in will send one copy of its prospectus and shareholder reports to households containing multiple shareholders with the same last name. This process, known as “householding”, reduces costs and provides a convenience to shareholders. If you share the same last name and address with another shareholder and you prefer to receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, call Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407 and we will begin separate mailings to you within 30 days of your request. If you or others in your household invest in the Funds through a financial intermediary, you may receive separate prospectuses and shareholder reports, regardless of whether or not you have consented to householding on your investment application.
In addition, eDelivery is available for statements, confirms, prospectuses and shareholder reports for shareholders holding accounts directly with Touchstone Securities, please contact Shareholder Services at 1.800.534.0407 for more information. If you hold your account through a Broker Dealer or Financial Intermediary please contact them directly to inquire about eDelivery opportunities.
Receiving Sale Proceeds
Touchstone Securities will forward the proceeds of your sale to you (or to your financial intermediary) within 7 days (normally within 3 business days) after receipt of a proper request. Under normal conditions, each Fund typically expects to meet redemption requests through the use of the Fund’s holdings of cash or cash equivalents, lines of credit, an interfund loan (as discussed in the SAI) or by selling other Fund assets. A redemption-in-kind may be used under certain circumstances and is discussed below in more detail.
Proceeds Sent to Financial Intermediaries or Authorized Processing Organization or Financial Institutions. Proceeds that are sent to your Authorized Processing Organization or financial intermediary will not usually be reinvested for you unless you provide specific instructions to do so. Therefore, the financial adviser, Authorized Processing Organization or financial institution may benefit from the use of your money.
Fund Shares Purchased by Check (only applicable for shares held directly through Touchstone Securities). We may delay the processing and payment of redemption proceeds for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you believe you may need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
Reinstatement Privilege (Classes A and C shares only). You may, within 90 days of redemption, including redemption proceeds reinvested from an unaffiliated money market fund, reinvest all or part of your sale proceeds by sending a written request and a check to Touchstone Securities. If the redemption proceeds were from the sale of Class A shares and the sales load that you incurred on the initial purchase is less than the sales charge for the Fund in which you are reinvesting, you will incur a sales charge representing the difference. Reinvestment will be at the NAV next calculated after Touchstone Securities receives your request. If the reinvestment proceeds were from the sale of your Class C shares, you can reinvest those proceeds into Class C shares of any Touchstone Fund. If you paid a CDSC on the reinstated amount, that CDSC will be reimbursed to you upon reinvestment. For federal income tax purposes, an exchange of Fund shares is treated as the sale of the shares of one Fund and the purchase of the shares of the other Fund. As a result, the exchange may result in a tax consequence if you have a capital gain or loss in the Fund shares you are selling.
28

Low Account Balances (only applicable for shares held directly through Touchstone Securities). If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), Touchstone Securities may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. This involuntary sale does not apply to retirement accounts or custodian accounts under the UGTMA. Touchstone Securities will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
Delay of Payment. It is possible that the payment of your sale proceeds could be postponed or your right to sell your shares could be suspended during certain circumstances. These circumstances can occur:
●
When the NYSE is closed on days other than customary weekends and holidays;
●
When trading on the NYSE is restricted; or
●
During any other time when the SEC, by order, permits.
Redemption in-Kind. Under certain circumstances (such as a market emergency), when the Board of Trustees deems it appropriate, a Fund may make payment for shares redeemed in portfolio securities of the Fund taken at current value in order to meet redemption requests. Shareholders may incur transaction and brokerage costs when they sell these portfolio securities. Until such time as the shareholder sells the securities they receive in-kind, the securities are subject to market risk. Redemptions in-kind are taxable for federal income tax purposes in the same manner as redemptions for cash. The Funds may also process as a redemption in-kind certain Fund shares redeemed by ReFlow or other large institutional investors.
Pricing of Fund Shares
Each Fund’s share price (also called “NAV”) and public offering price (NAV plus a sales charge, if applicable) is determined as of the close of regular trading (typically 4:00 p.m., Eastern time or at such other time that the NYSE establishes official closing prices) every day the NYSE is open. Each Fund calculates its NAV per share for each class, generally using market prices, by dividing the total value of its net assets by the number of shares outstanding.
The Funds’ equity investments are valued based on market value or, if no market value is available, based on fair value as determined by the Adviser, which has been designated by the Board as the valuation designee for the Funds pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. The Adviser as the valuation designee may use pricing services to determine market value for investments. Some specific pricing strategies follow:
●
All short-term dollar-denominated investments that mature in 60 days or less may be valued on the basis of amortized cost which the Adviser as the valuation designee has determined as fair value.
●
Securities mainly traded on a U.S. exchange are valued at the last sale price on that exchange or, if no sales occurred during the day, at the last quoted bid price.
Any foreign securities held by a Fund will be priced as follows:
●
All assets and liabilities initially expressed in foreign currency values will be converted into U.S. dollar values.
●
Securities mainly traded on a non-U.S. exchange are generally valued according to the preceding closing values on that exchange. However, if an event that may change the value of a security occurs after the time that the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange was determined, but before the close of regular trading on the NYSE, the security may be priced based on fair value. This may cause the value of the security on the books of the Fund to be significantly different from the closing value on the non-U.S. exchange and may affect the calculation of the NAV.
●
Because portfolio securities that are primarily listed on a non-U.S. exchange may trade on weekends or other days when a Fund does not price its shares, a Fund’s NAV may change on days when shareholders will not be able to buy or sell shares.
Securities held by a Fund that do not have readily available market quotations are priced at their fair value using procedures established by the Adviser and adopted by the Board. Any debt securities held by a Fund for which market quotations are not readily available are generally priced at their most recent bid prices as obtained from one or more of the major market makers for such securities. The Funds may use fair value pricing under the following circumstances, among others:
●
If the validity of market quotations is deemed to be not reliable.
●
If the value of a security has been materially affected by events occurring before the Fund’s pricing time but after the close of the primary markets on which the security is traded.
●
If a security is so thinly traded that reliable market quotations are unavailable due to infrequent trading.
●
If the exchange on which a portfolio security is principally traded closes early or if trading in a particular portfolio security was halted during the day and did not resume prior to the Fund’s NAV calculation.
The use of fair value pricing has the effect of valuing a security based upon the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive if it sold that security but does not guarantee that the security can be sold at the fair value price. The Funds have established fair value policies and procedures that delegate fair value responsibilities to the Adviser, as the Fund's valuation designee. These policies and procedures outline
29

the fair value method for the Adviser. The Adviser’s determination of a security’s fair value price often involves the consideration of a number of subjective factors and is therefore subject to the unavoidable risk that the value that is assigned to a security may be higher or lower than the security’s value would be if a reliable market quotation for the security was readily available. With respect to any portion of a Fund’s assets that is invested in other mutual funds, that portion of the Fund’s NAV is calculated based on the NAV of that mutual fund. The prospectus for the other mutual fund explains the circumstances and effects of fair value pricing for that mutual fund.
30

DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its net investment income and capital gains. Dividends, if any, of net investment income are declared and paid annually. The Fund makes distributions of capital gains, if any, at least annually. If you own shares on a Fund’s distribution record date, you will be entitled to receive the distribution.
You will receive income dividends and distributions of capital gains in the form of additional Fund shares unless you elect to receive payment in cash. Cash payments will only be made for amounts equal to or exceeding $25; for amounts less than $25, the dividends and distributions will be automatically reinvested in the paying Fund and class. To elect cash payments, you must notify the Funds in writing or by phone prior to the date of distribution. Your election will be effective for dividends and distributions paid after we receive your notice. To cancel your election, simply send written notice to Touchstone Investments, P.O. Box 534467 Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467, or by overnight mail to Touchstone Investments, c/o BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc., Attention: 534467 500 Ross Street, 154-0520 Pittsburgh, PA 15262, or call Touchstone Securities at 1.800.543.0407. If you hold your shares through a financial institution, you must contact the institution to elect cash payment. If you elect to receive dividends and distributions in cash and the payment (1) is returned and marked as “undeliverable” or (2) is not cashed for six months, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the date of payment.
A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend or distribution. A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes.
For most shareholders, a statement will be sent to you within 45 days after the end of each year detailing the federal income tax status of your distributions. Please see “Federal Income Tax Information” below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by a Fund.
Federal Income Tax Information
The tax information in this prospectus is provided only for general information purposes for U.S. taxpayers and should not be considered as tax advice or relied on by a shareholder or prospective investor.
General. The Funds intend to qualify annually to be treated as regulated investment companies (“RICs“) under Subchapter M of Chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Code. As such, the Funds will not be subject to federal income taxes on the earnings they distribute to shareholders provided they satisfy certain requirements and restrictions of the Code, one of which is to distribute to a Fund’s shareholders substantially all of the Fund’s net investment income and net short-term capital gains each year. If for any taxable year a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC: (1) it will be subject to tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and thus will be subject to federal income tax at the corporate tax rate; and (2) distributions from its earnings and profits (as determined under federal income tax principles) will be taxable as ordinary dividend income and generally eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for “qualified dividend income” treatment for non-corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying for RIC treatment.
Distributions. Your Fund will make distributions to you that may be taxed as ordinary income or capital gains. The dividends and distributions you receive may be subject to federal, foreign, state and local taxation, depending upon your tax situation. Distributions, other than exempt-interest dividends, are taxable whether you reinvest such distributions in additional shares of the Fund or choose to receive cash. Taxable Fund distributions are taxable to a shareholder even if the distributions are paid from income or gains earned by a Fund prior to the shareholder’s investment and, thus, were included in the price the shareholder paid for the shares. For example, a shareholder who purchases shares on or just before the record date of a Fund distribution will pay full price for the shares and may receive a portion of the investment back as a taxable distribution. Distributions declared by a Fund during October, November or December to shareholders of record during such month and paid by January 31 of the following year are treated for federal income tax purposes as if received by shareholders and paid by the Fund on December 31 of the year in which the distribution was declared.
Ordinary Income. Net investment income, except for qualified dividend income and income designated as tax-exempt, and short-term capital gains that are distributed to you are taxable as ordinary income for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. Certain dividends distributed to non-corporate shareholders and designated by a Fund as “qualified dividend income” are eligible for the long-term capital gains rate, provided certain holding period and other requirements are satisfied.
Net Capital Gains. Net capital gains (i.e., the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses) distributed to you, if any, are taxable as long-term capital gains for federal income tax purposes regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares.
31

Sale or Exchange of Shares. It is a taxable event for you if you sell shares of a Fund or exchange shares of a Fund for shares of another Touchstone Fund. Depending on the purchase price and the sale price of the shares you sell or exchange, you may have a taxable gain or loss on the transaction. Any realized gain or loss, generally, will be a capital gain or loss, assuming you held the shares of the Fund as a capital asset. The capital gain will be long-term or short-term depending on how long you have held your shares in the Fund. Sales of shares of a Fund that you have held for twelve months or less will be a short-term capital gain or loss and if held for more than twelve months will constitute a long-term capital gain or loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends, if any, received by the shareholder with respect to such shares, unless the Fund declares exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis.
Returns of Capital. If a Fund makes a distribution in excess of its current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of such shares.
Backup Withholding. A Fund (or a financial intermediary, such as a broker, through which a shareholder holds Fund shares) may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all distributions and sales proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) that they are subject to backup withholding.
Medicare Tax. An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including dividends and distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of Fund shares) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Foreign Taxes. Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. If a Fund qualifies (by having more than 50% of the value of its total assets at the close of the taxable year consist of stock or securities in foreign corporations or by being a qualified fund of funds) and elects to pass through foreign taxes paid on its investments during the year, such taxes will be reported to you as income. You may, however, be able to claim an offsetting tax credit or deduction on your federal income tax return, depending on your particular circumstances and provided you meet certain holding period and other requirements. Tax-exempt holders of Fund shares, such as qualified tax-advantaged retirement plans, will not benefit from such a deduction or credit.
Non-U.S. Shareholders. Non-U.S. shareholders may be subject to U.S. tax as a result of an investment in a Fund. This prospectus does not discuss the U.S. or foreign tax consequences of an investment by a non-U.S. shareholder in a Fund. Accordingly, non-U.S. shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers as to the U.S. and foreign tax consequences of an investment in a Fund.
Statements and Notices. You will receive an annual statement outlining the tax status of your distributions. You may also receive written notices of certain foreign taxes paid by a Fund during the prior taxable year.
Important Tax Reporting Considerations. The Funds are required to report cost basis and holding period information to both the IRS and shareholders for gross proceeds from the sales of Fund shares purchased on or after January 1, 2012 (“covered shares”). This information is reported on Form 1099-B. The average cost method will be used to determine the cost basis of covered shares unless the shareholder instructs a Fund in writing that the shareholder wants to use another available method for cost basis reporting (for example, First In, First Out (FIFO), Last In, First Out (LIFO), Specific Lot Identification (SLID) or High Cost, First Out (HIFO)). If the shareholder designates SLID as the shareholder’s tax cost basis method, the shareholder will also need to designate a secondary cost basis method (Secondary Method). If a Secondary Method is not provided, a Fund will designate FIFO as the Secondary Method and will use the Secondary Method with respect to systematic withdrawals. If you hold shares of a Fund through a financial intermediary, the financial intermediary will be responsible for this reporting and the financial intermediary’s default cost basis method may apply. Please consult your tax adviser for additional information regarding cost basis reporting and your situation.
Redemptions by S corporations of covered shares are required to be reported to the IRS on Form 1099-B. If a shareholder is a corporation and has not instructed the Fund that it is a C corporation in its Account Application or by written instruction, the Fund will treat the shareholder as an S corporation and file a Form 1099-B.
This section is only a summary of some important federal income tax considerations that may affect your investment in a Fund. More information regarding these considerations is included in the Funds’ SAI. You are urged and advised to consult your own tax adviser regarding the effects of an investment in a Fund on your tax situation, including the application of foreign, state, local and other tax laws to your particular situation.
32

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The financial highlights tables are intended to help you understand the Fund’s financial performance for the past five years. Certain information reflects financial results for a single Fund share. The total returns in the tables represent the rate an investor would have earned (or lost) on an investment in a Fund, assuming reinvestment of all dividends and distributions. The financial highlights for the Fund, were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, whose report, along with the Fund’s financial statements and related notes, is included in the Fund's March 31, 2024 annual report. The financial highlights for Class R6 shares of the Fund are not included because this share class did not commence operations until May 9, 2025.
You can obtain a Fund’s most recent annual report, semi-annual report or Form N-CSR at no charge by calling 1.800.543.0407 or by downloading a copy from the Touchstone Investments website at: TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources. The Form N-CSR has been incorporated by reference into the SAI.
33

 
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund
Period ended
Net
asset
value at
beginning
of period
Net
investment
income
(loss)
Net
realized
and
unrealized
gains (losses)
on
investments
Total from
investment
operations
Distributions
from net
investment
income
Distributions
from realized
capital
gains
Total
distributions
Net
asset
value
at end
of period
Total
return(1)
Net
assets
at end
of period
(000's)
Ratio of net
expenses
to average
net assets(2)
Ratio of gross
expenses
to average
net assets(2)
Ratio
of net
investment
income (loss)
to average
net assets
Portfolio
turnover
rate
Class A
03/31/20
$32.71
$(0.04
)
$0.99
$0.95
$—
$ (5.72
)
$(5.72
)
$27.94
0.63
%
$37,150
1.25
%
1.41
%
(0.12
)%
101
% (3)
03/31/21
27.94
(0.20
)
17.44
17.24
—
(4.11
)
(4.11
)
41.07
62.56
56,877
1.24
1.34
(0.55
)
65
03/31/22
41.07
(0.21
)(4)
4.97
4.76
—
(7.19
)
(7.19
)
38.64
10.48
61,006
1.25
1.31
(0.48
)
47
(3)
03/31/23
38.64
(0.09
)(4)
(4.39
)
(4.48
)
—
(5)
(0.69
)
(0.69
)
33.47
(11.34
)
48,229
1.26
1.37
(0.27
)
55
(3)
03/31/24
33.47
(0.15
)(4)
13.85
13.70
—
(1.08
)
(1.08
)
46.09
41.43
63,755
1.27
1.39
(0.40
)
53
(3)
Class C
03/31/20^
$39.02
$(0.34
)
$1.43
$1.09
$—
$ (8.53
)
$(8.53
)
$31.58
(0.09
)%
$2,724
2.00
%
2.61
%
(0.87
)%
101
% (3)
03/31/21^
31.58
(1.15
)
20.17
19.02
—
(6.13
)
(6.13
)
44.47
61.29
1,853
1.99
2.70
(1.30
)
65
03/31/22^
44.47
(0.57
)(4)
5.57
5.00
—
(10.72
)
(10.72
)
38.75
9.64
1,769
2.00
2.64
(1.23
)
47
(3)
03/31/23^
38.75
(0.26
)(4)
(4.48
)
(4.74
)
—
(0.69
)
(0.69
)
33.32
(11.99
)
1,485
2.01
2.86
(1.02
)
55
(3)
03/31/24
33.32
(0.44
)(4)
13.73
13.29
—
(1.08
)
(1.08
)
45.53
40.37
1,311
2.02
3.35
(1.15
)
53
(3)
Class Y
03/31/20
$33.78
$0.04
$1.01
$1.05
$—
$ (5.72
)
$(5.72
)
$29.11
0.92
%
$26,610
1.00
%
1.14
%
0.13
%
101
% (3)
03/31/21
29.11
(0.12
)
18.20
18.08
—
(4.11
)
(4.11
)
43.08
62.93
30,742
0.99
1.13
(0.30
)
65
03/31/22
43.08
(0.11
)(4)
5.19
5.08
—
(7.19
)
(7.19
)
40.97
10.75
25,851
1.00
1.10
(0.23
)
47
(3)
03/31/23
40.97
(0.01
)(4)
(4.65
)
(4.66
)
(0.07
)
(0.69
)
(0.76
)
35.55
(11.13
)
26,581
1.01
1.15
(0.02
)
55
(3)
03/31/24
35.55
(0.06
)(4)
14.76
14.70
—
(1.08
)
(1.08
)
49.17
41.82
33,435
1.02
1.18
(0.15
)
53
(3)
Institutional Class
03/31/20
$34.22
$0.06
$1.02
$1.08
$—
$ (5.72
)
$(5.72
)
$29.58
1.00
%
$96,361
0.90
%
1.05
%
0.23
%
101
% (3)
03/31/21
29.58
(0.06
)
18.49
18.43
—
(4.11
)
(4.11
)
43.90
63.13
71,461
0.89
1.03
(0.20
)
65
03/31/22
43.90
(0.06
)(4)
5.27
5.21
—
(7.19
)
(7.19
)
41.92
10.84
73,624
0.90
1.02
(0.13
)
47
(3)
03/31/23
41.92
0.03
(4)
(4.76
)
(4.73
)
(0.10
)
(0.69
)
(0.79
)
36.40
(11.02
)
49,939
0.91
1.06
0.08
55
(3)
03/31/24
36.40
(0.02
)(4)
15.11
15.09
—
(5)
(1.08
)
(1.08
)
50.41
41.93
47,369
0.92
1.08
(0.05
)
53
(3)
 
 
 
^
Updated to reflect the effect of a 1 for 0.670946 reverse stock split for Class C shares on October 14, 2022. All historical per share information has been retroactively adjusted
to reflect this reverse stock split.
(1)
Total returns shown exclude the effect of applicable sales loads and fees. If these charges were included, the returns would be lower.
(2)
The ratio of net and gross expenses to average net assets excluding liquidity provider expenses would have been lower by 0.03%, 0.02%, 0.01% and 0.01% for the years
ended March 31, 2024, 2023, 2022 and 2020, respectively.
(3)
Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind.
(4)
The net investment income (loss) per share was based on average shares outstanding for the period.
(5)
Less than $0.005 per share.
34

TOUCHSTONE INVESTMENTS*
DISTRIBUTOR
Touchstone Securities, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203
1.800.638.8194
TouchstoneInvestments.com
INVESTMENT ADVISER
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.*
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203
TRANSFER AGENT
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
P.O. Box 534467
Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467
SHAREHOLDER SERVICES
1.800.543.0407
*
A Member of Western & Southern Financial Group
The following are federal trademark registrations and applications owned by either IFS Financial Services, Inc. or Touchstone Advisors, Inc., each a member of Western & Southern Financial Group: Touchstone, Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Investments, the Touchstone Family of Funds and Distinctively Active.
35

  
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202-4203
Go paperless, sign up today at:
TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources/Edelivery
For investors who want more information about the Funds, the following documents are available free upon request:
Appendix A: Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts is a separate document that provides additional information about the availability of certain sales charge waivers and discounts and is incorporated into this prospectus, which means it is legally a part of this prospectus.
Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”): The SAI provides more detailed information about the Funds and is incorporated herein by reference and is legally a part of this prospectus.
Annual/Semiannual Reports (“Financial Reports”): The Funds’ Financial Reports provide additional information about the Funds’ investments. In the annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected a Fund’s performance during its last fiscal year.
You can get free copies of Appendix A, the SAI, the Financial Reports, other information and answers to your questions about the Funds by contacting your financial adviser or by contacting Touchstone Investments at 1.800.543.0407. Appendix A, the SAI and Financial Reports are also available without charge on the Touchstone Investments website at: TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources.
Reports and other information about the Funds are available on the EDGAR database of the SEC’s internet site at http:// www.sec.gov. You may obtain copies of these reports and other information after paying a duplicating fee, by sending an e-mail request to: [email protected].
Investment Company Act file no. 811-03651
TSF-54CC-TST-2503
36

Appendix A - Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts
As noted in the Funds’ prospectus, the availability of certain sales charge waivers and discounts will depend on whether you purchase your shares directly from a Fund or through a financial intermediary. Intermediaries may have different policies and procedures regarding the availability of front-end sales load waivers or contingent deferred (back-end) sales load (“CDSC”) waivers, which are discussed below. In all instances, it is the purchaser’s responsibility to notify a Fund or the purchaser’s financial intermediary at the time of purchase of any relationship or other facts qualifying the purchaser for sales charge waivers or discounts. The sales charge waivers and discounts described in this Appendix A are available only if you purchase shares through the designated intermediary. The information disclosed in this Appendix A is part of, and incorporated in, the Funds’ prospectus.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Ameriprise Financial
Front-End Sales Charge Reductions on Class A Shares Purchased through Ameriprise Financial:
The following information applies to Class A shares purchases if you have an account with or otherwise purchase Fund shares through Ameriprise Financial:
Shareholders purchasing Class A shares of the fund through an Ameriprise Financial platform or account are eligible only for the following sales charge reductions, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or the SAI. Such shareholders can reduce their initial sales charge on the purchase of Class A shares as follows:
●
Transaction size breakpoints, as described in this prospectus or the SAI.
●
Rights of accumulation (ROA), as described in this prospectus or the SAI.
●
Letter of intent, as described in this prospectus or the SAI.
Class A Shares Front-End Sales Charge Waivers Available at Ameriprise Financial:
The following information applies to Class A shares purchases if you have an account with or otherwise purchase Fund shares through Ameriprise Financial:
Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through an Ameriprise Financial brokerage or account are eligible for the following front-end sales charge waivers, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI:
●
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs.
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund (but not any other fund within the same fund family).
●
Shares exchanged from Class C shares of the same fund in the month of or following the 7-year anniversary of the purchase date. To the extent that this prospectus elsewhere provides for a waiver with respect to exchanges of Class C shares or conversion of Class C shares following a shorter holding period, that waiver will apply. To the extent that this prospectus elsewhere provides for a waiver with respect to exchanges of Class C shares for load waived shares, that waiver will also apply to such exchanges.
●
Employees and registered representatives of Ameriprise Financial or its affiliates and their immediate family members.
●
Shares purchased by or through qualified accounts (including IRAs, Coverdell Education Savings Accounts, 401(k)s, 403(b) TSCAs subject to ERISA and defined benefit plans) that are held by a covered family member, defined as an Ameriprise financial adviser and/or the adviser’s spouse, adviser’s lineal ascendant (mother, father, grandmother, grandfather, great grandmother, great grandfather), adviser’s lineal descendant (son, step-son, daughter, step-daughter, grandson, granddaughter, great grandson, great granddaughter) or any spouse of a covered family member who is a lineal descendant.
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e. Rights of Reinstatement).
CDSC Waivers on Class A and C Shares Purchased through Ameriprise Financial
Fund shares purchased through an Ameriprise Financial platform or account are eligible only for the following CDSC waivers, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or the SAI:
●
redemptions due to death or disability of the shareholder
●
shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in this prospectus or the SAI
37

●
redemptions made in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account
●
shares purchased through a Right of Reinstatement (as defined above)
●
redemptions made as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code
* * * * * *
Policies Regarding Transactions Through Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P. (“Edward Jones”)
The following information has been provided by Edward Jones:
Effective on or after January 1, 2024, the following information supersedes prior information with respect to transactions and positions held in fund shares through an Edward Jones system. Clients of Edward Jones (also referred to as “shareholders”) purchasing fund shares on the Edward Jones commission and fee-based platforms are eligible only for the following sales charge discounts (also referred to as “breakpoints”) and waivers, which can differ from discounts and waivers described elsewhere in the mutual fund prospectus or statement of additional information (“SAI”) or through another broker-dealer. In all instances, it is the shareholder's responsibility to inform Edward Jones at the time of purchase of any relationship, holdings of Touchstone Fund Complex, or other facts qualifying the purchaser for discounts or waivers. Edward Jones can ask for documentation of such circumstance. Shareholders should contact Edward Jones if they have questions regarding their eligibility for these discounts and waivers.
Breakpoints
●
Breakpoint pricing, otherwise known as volume pricing, at dollar thresholds as described in the prospectus.
Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”)
●
The applicable sales charge on a purchase of Class A shares is determined by taking into account all share classes (except certain money market funds and any assets held in group retirement plans) of Touchstone Fund Complex held by the shareholder or in an account grouped by Edward Jones with other accounts for the purpose of providing certain pricing considerations (“pricing groups”). If grouping assets as a shareholder, this includes all share classes held on the Edward Jones platform and/or held on another platform. The inclusion of eligible fund family assets in the ROA calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying Edward Jones of such assets at the time of calculation. Money market funds are included only if such shares were sold with a sales charge at the time of purchase or acquired in exchange for shares purchased with a sales charge.
●
The employer maintaining a SEP IRA plan and/or SIMPLE IRA plan may elect to establish or change ROA for the IRA accounts associated with the plan to a plan-level grouping as opposed to including all share classes at a shareholder or pricing group level.
●
ROA is determined by calculating the higher of cost minus redemptions or market value (current shares x NAV).
Letter of Intent (“LOI”)
●
Through a LOI, shareholders can receive the sales charge and breakpoint discounts for purchases shareholders intend to make over a 13-month period from the date Edward Jones receives the LOI. The LOI is determined by calculating the higher of cost or market value of qualifying holdings at LOI initiation in combination with the value that the shareholder intends to buy over a 13-month period to calculate the front-end sales charge and any breakpoint discounts. Each purchase the shareholder makes during that 13- month period will receive the sales charge and breakpoint discount that applies to the total amount. The inclusion of eligible fund family assets in the LOI calculation is dependent on the shareholder notifying Edward Jones of such assets at the time of calculation. Purchases made before the LOI is received by Edward Jones are not adjusted under the LOI and will not reduce the sales charge previously paid. Sales charges will be adjusted if LOI is not met.
●
If the employer maintaining a SEP IRA plan and/or SIMPLE IRA plan has elected to establish or change ROA for the IRA accounts associated with the plan to a plan-level grouping, LOIs will also be at the plan-level and may only be established by the employer.
Sales Charge Waivers
Sales charges are waived for the following shareholders and in the following situations:
●
Associates of Edward Jones and its affiliates and other accounts in the same pricing group (as determined by Edward Jones under its policies and procedures) as the associate. This waiver will continue for the remainder of the associate's life if the associate retires from Edward Jones in good-standing and remains in good standing pursuant to Edward Jones' policies and procedures.
●
Shares purchased in an Edward Jones fee-based program.
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment.
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redeemed shares of the same fund family so long as the following conditions are met: the proceeds are from the sale of shares within 60 days of the purchase, the sale and purchase are made from a share class that charges a front load and one of the following:
38

●
The redemption and repurchase occur in the same account.
●
The redemption proceeds are used to process an: IRA contribution, excess contributions, conversion, recharacterizing of contributions, or distribution, and the repurchase is done in an account within the same Edward Jones grouping for ROA.
●
Shares exchanged into Class A shares from another share class so long as the exchange is into the same fund and was initiated at the discretion of Edward Jones. Edward Jones is responsible for any remaining CDSC due to the fund company, if applicable. Any future purchases are subject to the applicable sales charge as disclosed in the prospectus.
●
Exchanges from Class C shares to Class A shares of the same fund, generally, in the 84th month following the anniversary of the purchase date or earlier at the discretion of Edward Jones.
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”) Waivers
If the shareholder purchases shares that are subject to a CDSC and those shares are redeemed before the CDSC is expired, the shareholder is responsible to pay the CDSC except in the following conditions:
●
The death or disability of the shareholder.
●
Systematic withdrawals with up to 10% per year of the account value.
●
Return of excess contributions from an Individual Retirement Account (IRA).
●
Shares redeemed as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts if the redemption is taken in or after the year the shareholder reaches qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
●
Shares redeemed to pay Edward Jones fees or costs in such cases where the transaction is initiated by Edward Jones.
●
Shares exchanged in an Edward Jones fee-based program.
●
Shares acquired through NAV reinstatement.
●
Shares redeemed at the discretion of Edward Jones for Minimums Balances, as described below.
Other Important Information Regarding Transactions Through Edward Jones
Minimum Purchase Amounts
●
Initial purchase minimum: $250
●
Subsequent purchase minimum: none
Minimum Balances
●
Edward Jones has the right to redeem at its discretion fund holdings with a balance of $250 or less. The following are examples of accounts that are not included in this policy:
●
A fee-based account held on an Edward Jones platform
●
A 529 account held on an Edward Jones platform
●
An account with an active systematic investment plan or LOI
Exchanging Share Classes
●
At any time it deems necessary, Edward Jones has the authority to exchange at NAV a shareholder's holdings in a fund to Class A shares of the same fund.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Janney Montgomery Scott LLC (“Janney”)
Effective May 1, 2020, shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Janney account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this fund’s Prospectus or SAI.
Front-end sales charge waivers on Class A shares available at Janney
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family).
●
Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Janney or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Janney.
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within ninety (90) days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (i.e., right of reinstatement).
39

●
Class C shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Janney’s policies and procedures.
Sales charge waivers on Class A and C shares available at Janney
Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder.
●
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
●
Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account.
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and other retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
●
Shares sold to pay Janney fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Janney.
●
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
Front-end load discounts available at Janney: breakpoints, and/or rights of accumulation
●
Breakpoints as described in the fund’s Prospectus.
●
Rights of accumulation (“ROA”), which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts, will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Janney. Eligible fund family assets not held at Janney may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Effective September 29, 2023, if you purchase or hold Fund shares through an applicable J.P. Morgan Securities LLC brokerage account, you will be eligible for the following sales charge waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”), or back-end sales charge, waivers), share class conversion policy and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Prospectus or Statement of Additional Information.
Front-end sales charge waivers on Class A shares available at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
●
Shares exchanged from Class C (i.e. level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a CDSC and are exchanged into Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC’s share class exchange policy.
●
Qualified employer-sponsored defined contribution and defined benefit retirement plans, nonqualified deferred compensation plans, other employee benefit plans and trusts used to fund those plans. For purposes of this provision, such plans do not include SEP IRAs, SIMPLE IRAs, SAR-SEPs or 501(c)(3) accounts.
●
Shares of funds purchased through J.P. Morgan Securities LLC Self-Directed Investing accounts.
●
Shares purchased through rights of reinstatement.
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family).
●
Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC or its affiliates and their spouse or financial dependent as defined by J.P. Morgan Securities LLC.
Class C to Class A share conversion
●
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the same Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is consistent with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC’s policies and procedures.
CDSC waivers on Class A and C shares available at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
●
Shares sold upon the death or disability of the shareholder.
●
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s Prospectus.
●
Shares purchased in connection with a return of excess contributions from an IRA account.
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.
●
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
Front-end load discounts available at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC: breakpoints, rights of accumulation & letters of intent
●
Breakpoints as described in the Prospectus.
●
Rights of Accumulation (“ROA”) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts as described in the Fund’s Prospectus will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at
40

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. Eligible fund family assets not held at J.P. Morgan Securities LLC (including 529 program holdings, where applicable) may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies their financial advisor about such assets.
●
Letters of Intent (“LOI”) which allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases within a fund family, through J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, over a 13-month period of time (if applicable).
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”)
Effective April 1, 2024, the following information is provided by Merrill Lynch: Shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Merrill Lynch platform or account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
Purchases or sales of front-end (i.e., Class A) or level-load (i.e., Class C) mutual fund shares through a Merrill platform or account will be eligible only for the following sales load waivers (front-end, contingent deferred, or back-end waivers) and discounts, which differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus. Purchasers will have to buy mutual fund shares directly from the mutual fund company or through another intermediary to be eligible for waivers or discounts not listed below.
It is the client’s responsibility to notify Merrill at the time of purchase or sale of any relationship or other facts that qualify the transaction for a waiver or discount. A Merrill representative may ask for reasonable documentation of such facts and Merrill may condition the granting of a waiver or discount on the timely receipt of such documentation.
Additional information on waivers and discounts is available in the Merrill Sales Load Waiver and Discounts Supplement (the “Merrill SLWD Supplement”) and in the Mutual Fund Investing at Merrill pamphlet at ml.com/funds. Clients are encouraged to review these documents and speak with their financial advisor to determine whether a transaction is eligible for a waiver or discount.
Front-end Load Waivers Available at Merrill
●
Shares of mutual funds available for purchase by employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation, and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans provided the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans
●
Shares purchased through a Merrill investment advisory program
●
Brokerage class shares exchanged from advisory class shares due to the holdings moving from a Merrill investment advisory program to a Merrill brokerage account
●
Shares purchased through the Merrill Edge Self-Directed platform
●
Shares purchased through the systematic reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same mutual fund in the same account
●
Shares exchanged from level-load shares to front-end load shares of the same mutual fund in accordance with the description in the Merrill SLWD Supplement
●
Shares purchased by eligible employees of Merrill or its affiliates and their family members who purchase shares in accounts within the employee’s Merrill Household (as defined in the Merrill SLWD Supplement)
●
Shares purchased by eligible persons associated with the fund as defined in this prospectus (e.g. the fund’s officers or trustees)
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of a mutual fund redemption in front-end load shares provided (1) the repurchase is in a mutual fund within the same fund family; (2) the repurchase occurs within 90 calendar days from the redemption trade date, and (3) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account (known as Rights of Reinstatement). Automated transactions (i.e. systematic purchases and withdrawals) and purchases made after shares are automatically sold to pay Merrill’s account maintenance fees are not eligible for Rights of Reinstatement
Contingent Deferred Sales Charge (“CDSC”) Waivers on Front-end, Back-end, and Level Load Shares Available at Merrill
●
Shares sold due to the client’s death or disability (as defined by Internal Revenue Code Section 22e(3))
●
Shares sold pursuant to a systematic withdrawal program subject to Merrill’s maximum systematic withdrawal limits as described in the Merrill SLWD Supplement
●
Shares sold due to return of excess contributions from an IRA account
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the investor reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulation
41

●
Front-end or level-load shares held in commission-based, non-taxable retirement brokerage accounts (e.g. traditional, Roth, rollover, SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans) that are transferred to fee-based accounts or platforms and exchanged for a lower cost share class of the same mutual fund
Front-end Load Discounts Available at Merrill: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
●
Breakpoint discounts, as described in this prospectus, where the sales load is at or below the maximum sales load that Merrill permits to be assessed to a front-end load purchase, as described in the Merrill SLWD Supplement
●
Rights of Accumulation (ROA), as described in the Merrill SLWD Supplement, which entitle clients to breakpoint discounts based on the aggregated holdings of mutual fund family assets held in accounts in their Merrill Household
●
Letters of Intent (LOI), which allow for breakpoint discounts on eligible new purchases based on anticipated future eligible purchases within a fund family at Merrill, in accounts within your Merrill Household, as further described in the Merrill SLWD Supplement
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“Morgan Stanley”)
The following information is provided by Morgan Stanley: Unless otherwise noted herein, effective June 1, 2020, shareholders purchasing Fund shares through a Morgan Stanley Wealth Management transactional brokerage account will be eligible only for the following front-end sales charge waivers with respect to Class A shares, which may differ from and may be more limited than those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s Prospectus or SAI.
Front-end Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares available at Morgan Stanley Wealth Management
●
Employer-sponsored retirement plans (e.g., 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans). For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs, SAR-SEPs or Keogh plans
●
Morgan Stanley employee and employee-related accounts according to Morgan Stanley’s account linking rules
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions when purchasing shares of the same fund
●
Shares purchased through a Morgan Stanley self-directed brokerage account
●
Class C (i.e., level-load) shares that are no longer subject to a contingent deferred sales charge and are converted to Class A shares of the same fund pursuant to Morgan Stanley Wealth Management’s share class conversion program
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (i) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (ii) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (iii) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge
●
Your financial intermediary, on your behalf, can convert Class S shares of the Touchstone Ultra Short Duration Fixed Income Fund to Class A shares of the same fund, without a sales charge and on a tax free basis, if they are held in a brokerage account
●
Effective July 1, 2020, shares of the Touchstone Ultra Short Duration Fixed Income Fund purchased in a Morgan Stanley transactional brokerage account.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Oppenheimer & Co. Inc (“OPCO”)
Effective February 26, 2020, shareholders purchasing Fund shares through an OPCO platform or account are eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this Fund’s prospectus or SAI.
Front-end Sales Load Waivers on Class A Shares available at OPCO
●
Employer-sponsored retirement, deferred compensation and employee benefit plans (including health savings accounts) and trusts used to fund those plans, provided that the shares are not held in a commission-based brokerage account and shares are held for the benefit of the plan
●
Shares purchased by or through a 529 Plan
●
Shares purchased through a OPCO affiliated investment advisory program
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family)
42

●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Restatement).
●
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of OPCO
●
Employees and registered representatives of OPCO or its affiliates and their family members
●
Directors or Trustees of the Fund, and employees of the Fund’s investment adviser or any of its affiliates, as described in this prospectus
CDSC Waivers on A and C Shares available at OPCO
●
Death or disability of the shareholder
●
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s prospectus
●
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations as described in the prospectus
●
Shares sold to pay OPCO fees but only if the transaction is initiated by OPCO
●
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
Front-end load Discounts Available at OPCO: Breakpoints, Rights of Accumulation & Letters of Intent
●
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus.
●
Rights of Accumulation (ROA) which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at OPCO. Eligible fund family assets not held at OPCO may be included in the ROA calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Raymond James Financial Services & Raymond James affiliates (“Raymond James”)
Effective March 1, 2019, shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Raymond James platform or account will be eligible only for the following load waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and contingent deferred, or back-end, sales charge waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this fund’s prospectus or SAI.
Front-end Sales Charge Waivers on Class A Shares available at Raymond James
●
Shares purchased in an investment advisory program.
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same fund (but not any other fund within the fund family).
●
Employees and registered representatives of Raymond James or its affiliates and their family members as designated by Raymond James.
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions within the same fund family, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same account, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales load (known as Rights of Reinstatement).
●
A shareholder in the Fund’s Class C shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Class A shares (or the appropriate share class) of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Raymond James.
CDSC Waivers on Classes A, B and C shares available at Raymond James
●
Death or disability of the shareholder.
●
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the fund’s prospectus.
●
Return of excess contributions from an IRA Account.
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
●
Shares sold to pay Raymond James fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Raymond James.
●
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement.
43

Front-end load discounts available at Raymond James: breakpoints, and/or Rights of Accumulation
●
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus.
●
Rights of accumulation which entitle shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of fund family assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Raymond James. Eligible fund family assets not held at Raymond James may be included in the rights of accumulation calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets.
* * * * * *
Shareholders Purchasing Fund Shares Through Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
The following information is provided by Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated (“Baird”): Effective June 15, 2020, shareholders purchasing fund shares through a Baird platform or account will only be eligible for the following sales charge waivers (front-end sales charge waivers and CDSC waivers) and discounts, which may differ from those disclosed elsewhere in this prospectus or the SAI.
Front-End Sales Charge Waivers on Investors A-shares Available at Baird
●
Shares purchased through reinvestment of capital gains distributions and dividend reinvestment when purchasing shares of the same Fund
●
Shares purchased by employees and registered representatives of Baird or its affiliate and their family members as designated by Baird
●
Shares purchased from the proceeds of redemptions from another Touchstone Fund, provided (1) the repurchase occurs within 90 days following the redemption, (2) the redemption and purchase occur in the same accounts, and (3) redeemed shares were subject to a front-end or deferred sales charge (known as rights of reinstatement)
●
A shareholder in the Fund’s Investor C Shares will have their shares converted at net asset value to Investor A shares of the Fund if the shares are no longer subject to a CDSC and the conversion is in line with the policies and procedures of Baird
●
Employer-sponsored retirement plans or charitable accounts in a transactional brokerage account at Baird, including 401(k) plans, 457 plans, employer-sponsored 403(b) plans, profit sharing and money purchase pension plans and defined benefit plans. For purposes of this provision, employer-sponsored retirement plans do not include SEP IRAs, Simple IRAs or SAR-SEPs
CDSC Waivers on Investor A and C shares Available at Baird
●
Shares sold due to death or disability of the shareholder
●
Shares sold as part of a systematic withdrawal plan as described in the Fund’s Prospectus
●
Shares bought due to returns of excess contributions from an IRA Account
●
Shares sold as part of a required minimum distribution for IRA and retirement accounts due to the shareholder reaching age 72 as described in the Fund’s prospectus
●
Shares sold to pay Baird fees but only if the transaction is initiated by Baird
●
Shares acquired through a right of reinstatement
Front-End Sales Charge Discounts Available at Baird: Breakpoints and/or Rights of Accumulations
●
Breakpoints as described in this prospectus
●
Rights of accumulations which entitles shareholders to breakpoint discounts will be automatically calculated based on the aggregated holding of Touchstone Fund assets held by accounts within the purchaser’s household at Baird. Eligible Touchstone Fund assets not held at Baird may be included in the rights of accumulations calculation only if the shareholder notifies his or her financial advisor about such assets
●
Letters of Intent (LOI) allow for breakpoint discounts based on anticipated purchases of Touchstone Funds through Baird, over a 13-month period of time
44


Touchstone Strategic Trust
Statement of Additional Information
May 9, 2025 
 
Class A
Class C
Class Y
Institutional Class
R6
Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly,
Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund)
TGVFX
TGVCX
TGVYX
TGVVX
TGVLX
This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus and relates only to the above-referenced fund (the “Fund”). It is intended to provide additional information regarding the activities and operations of Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”) and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus dated May 9, 2025, as may be amended. The Trust’s audited financial statements for the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, including the notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, included in the report to shareholders (the “Annual Report”), are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. A copy of the Trust’s prospectus and the Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at P.O. Box 534467, Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467, by calling 1.800.543.0407, or by downloading a copy at TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources.

 Table of Contents
 
 
Page
3
4
16
18
24
26
28
29
30
32
33
33
33
34
35
35
35
36
38
41
41
50
51
52
52
52
52
53
58
2

THE TRUST
Touchstone Strategic Trust (the “Trust”), an open-end management investment company, was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on November 18, 1982. This SAI relates to the following separate series of the Trust: Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly, Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund) (“The Fund” or “Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund”). The Fund is a non-diversified open-end management investment company.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (the “Adviser”) is the investment adviser and administrator for the Fund. The Adviser has selected one or more sub-adviser(s) to manage, on a daily basis, the assets of the Fund. The Adviser has sub-contracted certain of the Trust complex’s administrative and accounting services to The Bank of New York Mellon and the Trust complex’s transfer agent services to BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (collectively referred to herein as “BNY Mellon”). Touchstone Securities, Inc. (“Touchstone Securities” or the “Distributor”) is the principal distributor of the Funds’ shares. The Distributor is an affiliate of the Adviser.
The Trust offers five separate classes of shares: Classes A, C, Y, R6 and Institutional Class. The shares of a Fund represent an interest in the same assets of that Fund. The shares have the same rights and are identical in all material respects except that (i) each class of shares may bear different (or no) distribution fees; (ii) each class of shares may be subject to different (or no) sales charges; (iii) certain other class specific expenses will be borne solely by the class to which such expenses are attributable, including transfer agent fees attributable to a specific class of shares, printing and postage expenses related to preparing and distributing materials to current shareholders of a specific class, registration fees incurred by a specific class of shares, the expenses of administrative personnel and services required to support the shareholders of a specific class, litigation or other legal expenses relating to a class of shares, Trustees’ fees or expenses incurred as a result of issues relating to a specific class of shares and accounting fees and expenses relating to a specific class of shares; (iv) each class has exclusive voting rights with respect to matters relating to its own distribution arrangements; and (v) certain classes offer different features and services to shareholders and may have different investment minimums. The Board of Trustees of the Trust (the “Board”) may classify and reclassify the shares of a Fund into additional classes of shares at a future date.
Under Massachusetts law, under certain circumstances, shareholders of a Massachusetts business trust could be deemed to have the same type of personal liability for the obligations of the Trust as does a partner of a partnership. However, numerous investment advisory companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), have been formed as Massachusetts business trusts and the Trust is not aware of an instance where such result has occurred. In addition, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Trust and provides for the indemnification out of the Trust property for all losses and expenses of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Trust. Moreover, it provides that the Trust will, upon request, assume the defense of any claim made against any shareholder for any act or obligation of the Trust and satisfy any judgment thereon. As a result, and particularly because the Trust assets are readily marketable and ordinarily substantially exceed liabilities, management believes that the risk of shareholder liability is slight and limited to circumstances in which the Trust itself would be unable to meet its obligations. Management believes that, in view of the above, the risk of personal liability is remote. Upon payment of any liability incurred by the Trust, the shareholder paying the liability will be entitled to reimbursement from the general assets of the Trust. The Trustees intend to conduct the operations of the Trust in a manner so as to avoid, as far as possible, ultimate liability of the shareholders for liabilities of the Trust.
History of the Fund
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund. On July 18, 2006, the Fund replaced its previous sub-adviser, Mastrapasqua & Associates, Inc., with Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. Four years later, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated July 15, 2010 between the Fund and the Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund, the Fund acquired all of the assets and liabilities of the Touchstone Large Cap Core Equity Fund, which was terminated as a series of the Trust on October 22, 2010. On May 9, 2025, the Fund changed its name from the Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund to the Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund and changed its principal investment strategies and investment sub-adviser.
3

PERMITTED INVESTMENTS AND RISK FACTORS
The Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks are described in the Fund’s prospectus. The following supplements the information contained in the prospectus concerning the Fund’s principal investment strategies and principal risks. In addition, although not principal strategies of the Fund, the Fund may invest in other types of securities and engage in other investment practices as described in the prospectus or in this SAI. Unless otherwise indicated, the Fund is permitted to invest in each of the investments listed below, or engage in each of the investment techniques listed below if such investment or activity is consistent with the Fund’s investment goals, investment limitations, policies and strategies. In addition to the fundamental and non-fundamental investment limitations set forth under the section of this SAI entitled “Investment Limitations,” the investment limitations below are considered to be non-fundamental policies which may be changed at any time by a vote of the Trust’s Board, unless designated as a “fundamental” policy. In addition, any stated percentage limitations are measured at the time of the purchase of a security.
ADRs, ADSs, EDRs, CDRs, and GDRs. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts typically issued by domestic banks or trust companies that represent the deposit with those entities of securities of a foreign issuer. They are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”), which are sometimes referred to as Continental Depositary Receipts (“CDRs”), and Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) may also be purchased by the Funds. EDRs, CDRs and GDRs are generally issued by foreign banks and evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic securities. Certain institutions issuing ADRs, ADSs, EDRs or GDRs may not be sponsored by the issuer of the underlying foreign securities. A non-sponsored depositary may not provide the same shareholder information that a sponsored depositary is required to provide under its contractual arrangements with the issuer of the underlying foreign securities. Holders of an unsponsored depositary receipt generally bear all the costs of the unsponsored facility. The depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through to the holders of the receipts voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
Borrowing. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value (“NAV”) of a Fund’s shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal of any borrowing will be fixed, a Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. The Fund may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. The Fund may be required to earmark or segregate liquid assets in an amount sufficient to meet their obligations in connection with such borrowings. In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate. These transactions involve a number of risks, including the risk that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. The Fund has adopted fundamental limitations and non-fundamental limitations which restrict circumstances in which and the degree to which the Fund can engage in borrowing. See the section entitled “Investment Limitations” below.
Borrowing and Leveraging. Each Fund may borrow money from banks (including their custodian bank) or from other lenders to the extent permitted by applicable law. The Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) requires the Funds to maintain asset coverage (total assets, including assets acquired with borrowed funds, less liabilities exclusive of borrowings) of at least 300% for all such borrowings. If at any time the value of a Fund’s assets should fail to meet this 300% coverage test, the Fund, within 3 days (not including Sundays and holidays), will reduce the amount of its borrowings to the extent necessary to meet this test. A Fund will not make any borrowing or enter into a reverse repurchase agreement that would cause its outstanding borrowings to exceed one-third of the value of its total assets.
Leveraging a Fund through borrowing or other means (e.g., certain uses of derivatives) creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. Leveraging creates interest expenses for a Fund which could exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest that a Fund will have to pay, a Fund’s net income will be greater than if leveraging were not used. Conversely, if the income from the assets retained with borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leveraging, the net income of a Fund will be less than if leveraging were not used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends will be reduced. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, the SEC adopted Rule 18f-4 (the “Derivatives Rule”) on October 28, 2020. Funds were required to comply with the Derivatives Rule requirements by August 19, 2022. Interest rate arbitrage transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions create leverage and will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.
In an interest rate arbitrage transaction, a Fund borrows money at one interest rate and lends the proceeds at another, higher interest rate. These leverage transactions involve a number of risks, including the risk that the borrower will fail or otherwise become insolvent or that there will be a significant change in prevailing interest rates. The Funds may be required to liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowing. The Funds have adopted fundamental limitations and non-fundamental limitations which restrict circumstances in which and degrees to which the Funds can engage in borrowing. See the section entitled “Investment Limitations” below.
4

To reduce its borrowings, a Fund might be required to sell securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, because interest on money borrowed is a Fund expense that it would not otherwise incur, the Fund may have less net investment income during periods when its borrowings are substantial. The interest paid by a Fund on borrowings may be more or less than the yield on the securities purchased with borrowed funds, depending on prevailing market conditions. Borrowing magnifies the potential for gain or loss on a Fund’s portfolio securities and, therefore, if employed, increases the possibility of fluctuation in its net asset value (“NAV”). This is the speculative factor known as leverage. To reduce the risks of borrowing, the Funds will limit their borrowings as described below.
Common Stocks. Common stocks are securities that represent units of ownership in a company. Common stocks usually carry voting rights and earn dividends. Unlike preferred stocks, which are described below, dividends on common stocks are not fixed but are declared at the discretion of the board of directors of the issuing company.
Convertible Securities. Convertible securities are corporate securities that are exchangeable for a set number of another security at a pre-stated price. Convertible securities typically have characteristics of both fixed-income and equity securities. Because of the conversion feature, the market value of a convertible security tends to move with the market value of the underlying stock. The value of a convertible security is also affected by prevailing interest rates, the credit quality of the issuer and any call provisions.
A synthetic convertible security is a combination investment in which a Fund purchases both (i) high-grade cash equivalents or a high grade debt obligation of an issuer or U.S. government securities and (ii) call options or warrants on the common stock of the same or different issuer with some or all of the anticipated interest income from the associated debt obligation that is earned over the holding period of the option or warrant.
While providing a fixed-income stream (generally higher in yield than the income derivable from common stock but lower than that afforded by a similar non-convertible security), a convertible security also affords a shareholder the opportunity, through its conversion feature, to participate in the capital appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security’s underlying common stock. A synthetic convertible position has similar investment characteristics, but may differ with respect to credit quality, time to maturity, trading characteristics and other factors. Because a Fund will create synthetic convertible positions only out of high grade fixed-income securities, the credit rating associated with a Fund’s synthetic convertible investments is generally expected to be higher than that of the average convertible security, many of which are rated below high grade. However, because the options used to create synthetic convertible positions will generally have expirations between one month and three years of the time of purchase, the maturity of these positions will generally be shorter than average for convertible securities. Since the option component of a convertible security or synthetic convertible position is a wasting asset (in the sense of losing “time value” as maturity approaches), a synthetic convertible position may lose such value more rapidly than a convertible security of longer maturity; however, the gain in option value due to appreciation of the underlying stock may exceed such time value loss. The market price of the option component generally reflects these differences in maturities, and the Adviser and applicable sub-adviser take such differences into account when evaluating such positions. When a synthetic convertible position “matures” because of the expiration of the associated option, a Fund may extend the maturity by investing in a new option with longer maturity on the common stock of the same or different issuer. If a Fund does not so extend the maturity of a position, it may continue to hold the associated fixed-income security.
Derivatives. The Funds may invest in various instruments that are commonly known as derivatives. Generally, a derivative is a financial arrangement, the value of which is based on, or “derived” from, a traditional security, asset, or market index. Some “derivatives” such as certain mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are in many respects like any other investment, although they may be more volatile or less liquid than more traditional debt securities. There are many different types of derivatives and many different ways to use them and there is a range of risks associated with those uses. Futures and options are commonly used both for traditional hedging purposes to attempt to limit exposure to changing interest rates, securities prices, or currency exchange rates and as a method of gaining exposure to a particular security, securities index or other financial instrument without investing directly in those instruments. Some uses of derivatives may have the effect of creating leverage, which tends to magnify the portfolio effects of the underlying instrument’s price changes as market conditions change. Leverage involves the use of a small amount of money to control a large amount of financial assets, and can lead to significant losses. The Sub-Adviser will use derivatives only in circumstances where the Sub-Adviser believes they offer the most economic means of improving the risk/reward profile of a Fund. Derivatives will not be used to acquire exposure to changes in the value of assets or indexes that by themselves would not be purchased for a Fund. The use of derivatives for non-hedging purposes may be considered speculative. A description of the specific derivatives that the Funds may use and some of their associated risks is discussed above under the caption “Borrowing and Leveraging” and below under the captions “Forward Foreign Currency Contracts”, “Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts”, “Options” and “Swap Agreements”.
Additionally, the regulation of the U.S. and non-U.S. derivatives markets has undergone substantial change in recent years and such change may continue. In particular, Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Derivatives Rule”) went into effect in 2022.
The Derivatives Rule mandates that a fund adopt and/or implement: (i) value-at-risk limitations (“VaR”); (ii) a written derivatives risk management program; (iii) new Board oversight responsibilities; and (iv) new reporting and recordkeeping requirements. In the event that a fund's derivative exposure is 10% or less of its net assets, excluding certain currency and interest rate hedging transactions, it can elect to be classified as a limited derivatives user (“Limited Derivatives User”) under the Derivatives Rule, in which case the fund is not subject to the full requirements of the Derivatives Rule. Limited Derivatives Users are excepted from VaR testing, implementing a derivatives risk
5

management program, and certain Board oversight and reporting requirements mandated by the Derivatives Rule. However, a Limited Derivatives User is still required to implement written compliance policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage its derivatives risks. Each Fund has elected to be treated as a Limited Derivatives User.
The Derivatives Rule also provides special treatment for reverse repurchase agreements, similar financing transactions and unfunded commitment agreements. Specifically, a fund may elect whether to treat reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions as “derivatives transactions” subject to the requirements of the Derivatives Rule or as senior securities equivalent to bank borrowings for purposes of Section 18 of the 1940 Act. In addition, when-issued or forward settling securities transactions that physically settle within 35 days are deemed not to involve a senior security.
Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). The Funds may invest in ETFs. An ETF is a fund that holds a portfolio of common stocks and is often designed to track the performance of a particular securities index or sector of an index, like the S&P 500® Index or NASDAQ, or a portfolio of bonds that may be designed to track a bond index. Because they may be traded like stocks on a securities exchange (e.g., the New York Stock Exchange; the NYSE MKT or the NASDAQ Stock Market), ETFs may be purchased and sold throughout the trading day based on their market price. Each share of an ETF represents an undivided ownership interest in the portfolio held by an ETF. ETFs that track indices or sectors of indices hold either:
●
shares of all of the companies (or, for a fixed-income ETF, bonds) that are represented by a particular index in the same proportion that is represented in the index itself; or
●
shares of a sampling of the companies (or, for a fixed-income ETF, bonds) that are represented by a particular index in a proportion meant to track the performance of the entire index.
ETFs are generally registered as investment companies and issue large blocks of shares (typically 50,000) called “creation units” in exchange for a specified portfolio of the ETF’s underlying securities, plus a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends of the securities (net of expenses) up to the time of deposit. Creation units are redeemed in kind for a portfolio of the underlying securities (based on the ETF’s NAV), together with a cash payment generally equal to accumulated dividends as of the date of redemption. As investment companies, ETFs incur fees and expenses such as advisory fees, trustee fees, operating expenses, licensing fees, registration fees, and marketing expenses, each of which will be reflected in the NAV of ETFs. Accordingly, ETF shareholders pay their proportionate share of these expenses.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific security at a specified future time and at a specified price. An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in exchange for a premium, to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price during the term of the option. A Fund may use futures contracts and related options for bona fide hedging purposes, to offset changes in the value of securities held or expected to be acquired or be disposed of, to minimize fluctuations in foreign currencies, or to gain exposure to a particular market or instrument. Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its exposure. A Fund will minimize the risk that it will be unable to close out a futures contract by only entering into futures contracts which are traded on national futures exchanges. In addition, a Fund will only sell covered futures contracts and options on futures contracts.
Stock and bond index futures are futures contracts for various stock and bond indices that are traded on registered securities exchanges. Stock and bond index futures contracts obligate the seller to deliver (and the purchaser to take) an amount of cash equal to a specific dollar amount times the difference between the value of a specific stock or bond index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the agreement is made.
Stock and bond index futures contracts are bilateral agreements pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to a specified dollar amount times the difference between the stock or bond index value at the close of trading of the contract and the price at which the futures contract is originally struck. No physical delivery of the stocks or bonds comprising the index is made; generally contracts are closed out prior to the expiration date of the contracts.
No price is paid upon entering into futures contracts. Instead, a Fund would be required to deposit an amount of cash or U.S. Treasury securities known as “initial margin.” Subsequent payments, called “variation margin,” to and from the broker, would be made on a daily basis as the value of the futures position varies (a process known as “marking to market”). The margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good-faith deposit on a futures contract.
There are risks associated with these activities, including the following: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect or no correlation between the changes in market value of the securities held by a Fund and the prices of futures and options on futures; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for a futures contract or option; (4) trading restrictions or limitations may be imposed by an exchange; and (5) government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts and futures options.
6

A Fund may buy and sell futures contracts and related options to manage its exposure to changing interest rates and securities prices. Some strategies reduce a Fund’s exposure to price fluctuations, while others tend to increase its market exposure. Futures and options on futures can be volatile instruments and involve certain risks that could negatively impact a Fund’s return. When a Fund purchases or sells a futures contract, or sells an option thereon, a Fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin, meet its obligations under a contract with a futures commission merchant.
The Fund may invest in futures contracts and options on futures contracts.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts. A Fund may make investments in obligations issued by highly rated U.S. insurance companies, such as guaranteed investment contracts and similar funding agreements (collectively “GICs”). A GIC is a general obligation of the issuing insurance company and not a separate account. Under these contracts, a Fund makes cash contributions to a deposit fund of the insurance company’s general account. The insurance company then credits to the Fund on a monthly basis guaranteed interest that is based on an index. The GICs provide that this guaranteed interest will not be less than a certain minimum rate. GIC investments that do not provide for payment within seven days after notice are subject to the Fund’s policy regarding investments in illiquid securities.
Initial Public Offerings (“IPOs”). Due to the typically small size of the IPO allocation available to the Funds and the nature and market capitalization of the companies involved in IPOs, the sub-advisers will often purchase IPO shares that would qualify as a permissible investment for a Fund but will instead decide to allocate those IPO purchases to other funds they advise. Any such allocation will be done in a fair and equitable manner according to a specific and consistent process. Because IPO shares are frequently volatile in price, a Fund may hold IPO shares for a very short period of time. This may increase the turnover of a Fund’s portfolio and may lead to increased expenses to a Fund, such as commissions and transaction costs. By selling shares of an IPO, a Fund may realize taxable capital gains that it will subsequently distribute to shareholders.
Most IPOs involve a high degree of risk not normally associated with offerings of more seasoned companies. Companies involved in IPOs generally have limited operating histories, and their prospects for future profitability are uncertain. These companies often are engaged in new and evolving businesses and are particularly vulnerable to competition and to changes in technology, markets and economic conditions. They may be dependent on certain key managers and third parties, need more personnel and other resources to manage growth and require significant additional capital. They may also be dependent on limited product lines and uncertain property rights and need regulatory approvals. Investors in IPOs can be affected by substantial dilution in the value of their shares, by sales of additional shares and by concentration of control in existing management and principal shareholders. Stock prices of IPOs can also be highly unstable, due to the absence of a prior public market, the small number of shares available for trading and limited investor information.
Interest Rate Risk. The market price of debt securities is generally linked to the prevailing market interest rates. In general, when interest rates rise, the prices of debt securities fall, and when interest rates fall, the prices of debt securities rise. The price volatility of a debt security also depends on its maturity. Longer-term securities are generally more volatile, so the longer the average maturity or duration of these securities, the greater their price risk. Duration is a measure used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates that incorporates a security’s yield, coupon, final maturity, and call features, among other characteristics. The longer a fixed-income security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. Specifically, duration is the change in the value of a fixed-income security that will result from a 1% change in interest rates, and generally is stated in years. For example, as a general rule a 1% rise in interest rates means a 1% fall in value for every year of duration. Maturity, on the other hand, is the date on which a fixed-income security becomes due for payment of principal. There may be less governmental intervention in the securities markets in the near future. An increase in interest rates could negatively impact a Fund’s net asset value.
In response to certain economic conditions, including periods of high inflation, governmental authorities and regulators may respond with significant fiscal and monetary policy changes such as raising interest rates. The Funds may be subject to heightened interest rate risk when the Federal Reserve Board (Fed) raises interest rates. Recent and potential future changes in government monetary policy may affect interest rates. It is difficult to accurately predict the timing, frequency or magnitude of potential interest rate increases or decreases by the Fed, and the evaluation of macro-economic and other conditions could cause a change in approach in the future. If the Fed and other central banks increase the federal funds rate and equivalent rates, such increases generally will cause market interest rates to rise and could cause the value of a Fund's investments, and the Fund's NAV, to decline, potentially suddenly and significantly. As a result, the Fund may experience high redemptions and, as a result, increased portfolio turnover, which could increase the costs that the Fund incurs and may negatively impact the Fund's performance.
Interests in Publicly Traded Limited Partnerships. Interests in publicly traded limited partnerships (limited partnership interests or units) represent equity interests in the assets and earnings of the partnership’s trade or business. Unlike common stock in a corporation, limited partnership interests have limited or no voting rights. However, many of the risks of investing in common stocks are still applicable to investments in limited partnership interests. In addition, limited partnership interests are subject to risks not present in common stock. For example, income generated from limited partnerships deemed not to be “publicly traded” may not be considered “qualifying income” for purposes of the regulated investment company requirements under the Code, and may trigger adverse tax consequences (please refer to the “Federal Income Taxes” section of this SAI for a discussion of relevant tax risks). Also, since publicly traded limited partnerships are a less common form of organizational structure than corporations, the limited partnership units may be less liquid than publicly traded common stock. Also, because of the difference in organizational structure, the fair value of limited partnership units in a Fund’s portfolio
7

may be based either upon the current market price of such units, or if there is no current market price, upon the pro rata value of the underlying assets of the partnership. Limited partnership units also have the risk that the limited partnership might, under certain circumstances, be treated as a general partnership giving rise to broader liability exposure to the limited partners for activities of the partnership. Further, the general partners of a limited partnership may be able to significantly change the business or asset structure of a limited partnership without the limited partners having any ability to disapprove any such changes. In certain limited partnerships, limited partners may also be required to return distributions previously made in the event that excess distributions have been made by the partnership, or in the event that the general partners, or their affiliates, are entitled to indemnification.
Interfund Lending. Each Fund’s investment restrictions and an SEC exemptive order permit the Funds to participate in an interfund lending program with other funds in the Touchstone family of funds. This program allows the Touchstone Funds to borrow money from, and lend money to, each other for temporary or emergency purposes, such as to satisfy redemption requests or to cover unanticipated cash shortfalls. A Fund may not borrow through the interfund lending program for leverage purposes. To the extent permitted by its investment objective, strategies, and policies, a Fund may (1) lend uninvested cash to other Touchstone Funds in an amount up to 15% of the lending Fund’s net assets at the time of the loan (including lending up to 5% of its net assets to any single Touchstone Fund) and (2) borrow money from other Touchstone Funds provided that total outstanding borrowings from all sources do not exceed 331/3% of its total assets. A Fund may borrow through the interfund lending program on an unsecured basis (i.e., without posting collateral) if its aggregate borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing represent 10% or less of the Fund’s total assets. However, if a Fund’s aggregate borrowings from all sources immediately after the interfund borrowing would exceed 10% of the Fund’s total assets, the Fund may borrow through the interfund lending program on a secured basis only. Any Fund that has outstanding interfund borrowings may not cause its outstanding borrowings, from all sources, to exceed 10% of its total assets without first securing each interfund loan. If a Fund has any outstanding secured borrowings from other sources, including another fund, at the time it requests an interfund loan, the Fund’s interfund borrowing will be secured on at least an equal priority basis with at least an equivalent percentage of collateral to loan value as any outstanding collateralized loan.
Any loan made through the interfund lending program is required to be more beneficial to a borrowing Fund (i.e., at a lower interest rate) than borrowing from a bank and more beneficial to a lending Fund (i.e., at a higher rate of return) than an alternative short-term investment. The term of an interfund loan is limited to the time required to obtain sufficient cash to repay the loan through either the sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities or net sales of Fund shares, but in no event more than seven days. In addition, an interfund loan is callable with one business day’s notice.
The limitations discussed above, other conditions of the SEC exemptive order, and related policies and procedures implemented by Touchstone are designed to minimize the risks associated with interfund lending for both borrowing Funds and lending Funds. However, no borrowing or lending activity is without risk. When a Fund borrows money from another Touchstone Fund, there is a risk that the loan could be called on one business day’s notice or not renewed, in which case the Fund may need to borrow from a bank at higher rates if an interfund loan were not available from another Touchstone Fund. Furthermore, a delay in repayment to a lending Fund could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional lending costs.
Investment Company Shares. Investment companies include open- and closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds, and any other pooled investment vehicle that meets the definition of an investment company under the 1940 Act, whether such companies are required to register under the 1940 Act or not. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would be subject to the same risks as any other investor in that investment company. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses. Investments in registered investment company shares are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. The 1940 Act currently provides, in part, that a Fund generally may not purchase shares of a registered investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause a Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company, (b) such a purchase would cause a Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company or (c) more than 10% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all registered investment companies.
See also “Investment Limitations” and “Exchange-Traded Funds.”
Leveraging. Leveraging the Fund through borrowing or other means (e.g., certain uses of derivatives) creates an opportunity for increased net income, but, at the same time, creates special risk considerations. For example, leveraging may exaggerate changes in the NAV of the Fund’s shares and in the yield on the Fund’s portfolio. Although the principal amount of such borrowings will be fixed, the Fund’s assets may change in value during the time the borrowing is outstanding. Leveraging creates interest expenses for the Fund which could exceed the income from the assets retained. To the extent the income derived from securities purchased with borrowed funds exceeds the interest that the Fund will have to pay, the Fund’s net income will be greater than if leveraging were not used. Conversely, if the income from the assets retained with borrowed funds is not sufficient to cover the cost of leveraging, the net income of the Fund will be less than if leveraging were not used, and therefore the amount available for distribution to shareholders as dividends will be reduced. Because the SEC staff believes that, among other transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and dollar roll transactions are collateralized borrowings, the SEC staff believes that they create leverage. The requirement that such transactions be fully collateralized by assets segregated by a Fund’s custodian or otherwise subject to “covering” techniques imposes a practical limit on the leverage these transactions create.
8

Market Disruption Risk. During periods of extreme market volatility, prices of securities held by a Fund may be negatively impacted due to imbalances between market participants seeking to sell the same or similar securities and market participants willing or able to buy such securities. As a result, the market prices of securities held by a Fund could decline, at times without regard to the financial condition of or specific events impacting the issuer of the security.
Federal, state, and other governments, their regulatory agencies, or self-regulatory organizations may take actions that affect the regulation of the instruments in which a Fund invests, or the issuers of such instruments, in ways that are unforeseeable. Legislation or regulation may also change the way in which a Fund itself is regulated. Such legislation or regulation could limit or preclude the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment goals.
Governments or their agencies may also acquire distressed assets from financial institutions and acquire ownership interests in those institutions. The implications of government ownership and disposition of these assets are unclear, and such a program may have positive or negative effects on the liquidity, valuation and performance of a Fund’s portfolio holdings. Furthermore, volatile financial markets can expose the Fund to greater market and liquidity risk and potential difficulty in valuing portfolio instruments held by a Fund. The Fund has established procedures to assess the liquidity of portfolio holdings and to value instruments for which market prices may not be readily available. The Adviser and sub-adviser will monitor developments and seek to manage the Fund in a manner consistent with achieving the Fund’s investment goals, but there can be no assurance that they will be successful in doing so.
Money Market Instruments. Money market securities are high-quality, dollar-denominated, short-term debt instruments. They include: (i) bankers’ acceptances, certificates of deposits, notes and time deposits of highly-rated U.S. banks and U.S. branches of foreign banks; (ii) U.S. Treasury obligations and obligations issued or guaranteed by the agencies and instrumentalities of the U.S. government; (iii) high-quality commercial paper issued by U.S. and foreign corporations; (iv) debt obligations with a maturity of one year or less issued by corporations with outstanding high-quality commercial paper ratings; and (v) repurchase agreements involving any of the foregoing obligations entered into with highly-rated banks and broker-dealers.
Natural Disasters, Adverse Weather Conditions and Climate Change. Certain areas of the world may be exposed to adverse weather conditions, such as major natural disasters and other extreme weather events, including hurricanes, earthquakes, typhoons, floods, tidal waves, tsunamis, volcanic eruptions, wildfires, droughts, windstorms, coastal storm surges, heat waves, and rising sea levels, among others. Some countries and regions may not have the infrastructure or resources to respond to natural disasters, making them more economically sensitive to environmental events. Such disasters, and the resulting damage, could have a severe and negative impact on a Fund’s investment portfolio and, in the longer term, could impair the ability of issuers in which a Fund invests to conduct their businesses in the manner normally conducted. Adverse weather conditions also may have a particularly significant negative effect on issuers in the agricultural sector and on insurance companies that insure against the impact of natural disasters.
Climate change, which is the result of a change in global or regional climate patterns, may increase the frequency and intensity of such adverse weather conditions, resulting in increased economic impact, and may pose long-term risks to a Fund’s investments. The future impact of climate change is difficult to predict but may include changes in demand for certain goods and services, supply chain disruption, changes in production costs, increased legislation, regulation, international accords and compliance-related costs, changes in property and security values, availability of natural resources and displacement of peoples. Climate change regulation may result in increased operations and capital costs for the companies in which the Fund invests. Voluntary initiatives and mandatory controls have been adopted or are being discussed both in the U.S. and worldwide to reduce emissions of “greenhouse gases” such as carbon dioxide, a by-product of burning fossil fuels, which some scientists and policymakers believe contribute to global climate change. These current and future measures may result in certain companies in which the Fund invests incurring increased costs to generally continue operating its business, to operate and maintain facilities specifically, or to administer and manage a greenhouse gas emissions program. Additionally, the effects of these measures may result in a reduction of the demand for goods or services that produce significant greenhouse gas emissions or are related to carbon-based energy sources.
Operational Risk and Cyber Security. With the increased use of technologies, such as mobile devices and “cloud”-based service offerings and the dependence on the Internet and computer systems to perform necessary business functions, the Funds’ service providers are susceptible to operational and information or cyber security risks that could result in losses to a Fund and its shareholders. Cyber security breaches are either intentional or unintentional events that allow an unauthorized party to gain access to Fund assets, customer data, or proprietary information, or cause a Fund or Fund service provider to suffer data corruption or lose operational functionality. Intentional cyber security incidents include: unauthorized access to systems, networks, or devices (such as through “hacking” activity or “phishing”); infection from computer viruses or other malicious software code; and attacks that shut down, disable, slow, or otherwise disrupt operations, business processes, or website access or functionality. Cyber-attacks can also be carried out in a manner that does not require gaining unauthorized access, such as causing denial-of-service attacks on the service providers’ systems or websites rendering them unavailable to intended users or via “ransomware” that renders the systems inoperable until appropriate actions are taken. In addition, unintentional incidents can occur, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information (possibly resulting in the violation of applicable privacy laws).
9

A cyber security breach could result in the loss or theft of customer data or funds, loss or theft of proprietary information or corporate data, physical damage to a computer or network system, or costs associated with system repairs, any of which could have a substantial impact on a Fund. For example, in a denial of service, Fund shareholders could lose access to their electronic accounts indefinitely, and employees of the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or the Funds’ other service providers may not be able to access electronic systems to perform critical duties for the Funds, such as trading, NAV calculation, shareholder accounting, or fulfillment of Fund share purchases and redemptions. Cyber security incidents could cause a Fund, the Adviser, a Sub-Adviser, or other service provider to incur regulatory penalties, reputational damage, compliance costs associated with corrective measures, litigation costs, or financial loss. They may also result in violations of applicable privacy and other laws. In addition, such incidents could affect issuers in which a Fund invests, thereby causing the Fund’s investments to lose value.
Cyber-events have the potential to materially affect the Funds’ and the Adviser’s relationships with accounts, shareholders, clients, customers, employees, products, and service providers. The Funds have established risk management systems reasonably designed to seek to reduce the risks associated with cyber-events. There is no guarantee that the Funds will be able to prevent or mitigate the impact of any or all cyber-events.
The Funds are exposed to operational risk arising from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, human error, processing and communication errors, errors of the Funds’ service providers, counterparties, or other third parties, failed or inadequate processes, and technology or system failures.
The Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, and their affiliates have established risk management systems that seek to reduce cybersecurity and operational risks, and business continuity plans in the event of a cybersecurity breach or operational failure. However, there are inherent limitations in such plans, including that certain risks have not been identified, and there is no guarantee that such efforts will succeed, especially since none of the Adviser, each Sub-Adviser, or their affiliates controls the cybersecurity or operations systems of the Funds’ third party service providers (including the Funds’ custodian), or those of the issuers of securities in which the funds invest.
In addition, other disruptive events, including (but not limited to) natural disasters and public health crises, may adversely affect a Fund’s ability to conduct business, in particular if the Fund’s employees or the employees of its service providers are unable or unwilling to perform their responsibilities as a result of any such event. Even if the Fund’s employees and the employees of its service providers are able to work remotely, those remote work arrangements could result in the Fund’s business operations being less efficient than under normal circumstances, could lead to delays in its processing of transactions, and could increase the risk of cyber-events.
Options. A put option gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell, and the writer of the option the obligation to buy, the underlying security at any time during the option period. A call option gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the writer of the option the obligation to sell, the underlying security at any time during the option period. The premium paid to the writer is the consideration for undertaking the obligations under the option contract. The initial purchase (sale) of an option contract is an “opening transaction.” In order to close out an option position, a Fund may enter into a “closing transaction,” which is simply the sale (purchase) of an option contract on the same security with the same exercise price and expiration date as the option contract originally opened. If a Fund is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction with respect to an option it has written, it will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or a Fund delivers the security upon exercise.
A Fund may purchase put and call options to protect against a decline in the market value of the securities in its portfolio or to anticipate an increase in the market value of securities that a Fund may seek to purchase in the future. A Fund will pay a premium when purchasing put and call options. If price movements in the underlying securities are such that exercise of the options would not be profitable for a Fund, loss of the premium paid may be offset by an increase in the value of a Fund’s securities or by a decrease in the cost of acquisition of securities by a Fund.
A Fund may write both covered call and put options. A Fund may write covered call options as a means of increasing the yield on its portfolio and as a means of providing limited protection against decreases in its market value. When a Fund sells an option, if the underlying securities do not increase or decrease to a price level that would make the exercise of the option profitable to the holder thereof, the option generally will expire without being exercised and a Fund will realize as profit the premium received for such option. When a call option written by a Fund is exercised, a Fund will be required to sell the underlying securities to the option holder at the strike price, and will not participate in any increase in the price of such securities above the strike price. When a put option written by a Fund is exercised, a Fund will be required to purchase the underlying securities at the strike price, which may be in excess of the market value of such securities.
A Fund may purchase and write options on an exchange or over-the-counter. Over-the-counter options (“OTC options”) differ from exchange-traded options in several respects. They are transacted directly with dealers and not with a clearing corporation, and therefore entail the risk of non-performance by the dealer. OTC options are available for a greater variety of securities and for a wider range of expiration dates and exercise prices than are available for exchange-traded options. Because OTC options are not traded on an exchange, pricing is done normally by reference to information from a market maker. It is the position of the staff of the SEC that OTC options are generally illiquid.
10

A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on foreign currencies (traded on U.S. and foreign exchanges or over-the-counter markets) to manage its exposure to exchange rates. Call options on foreign currencies written by a Fund will be “covered,” which means that the Fund will own an equal amount of the underlying foreign currency.
Buyers and sellers of foreign currency options are subject to the same risks that apply to options generally. There are certain additional risks associated with foreign currency options. The markets in foreign currency options are relatively new, and a Fund’s ability to establish and close out positions on such options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid secondary market. There can be no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for a particular option at any specific time. In addition, options on foreign currencies are affected by all of those factors that influence foreign exchange rates and investments generally.
The value of a foreign currency option depends upon the value of the underlying currency relative to the U.S. dollar. As a result, the price of the option position may vary with changes in the value of either or both currencies and may have no relationship to the investment merits of a foreign security. Because foreign currency transactions occurring in the interbank market involve substantially larger amounts than those that may be involved in the use of foreign currency options, investors may be disadvantaged by having to deal in an odd lot market (generally consisting of transactions of less than $1 million) for the underlying foreign currencies at prices that are less favorable than for round lots.
There is no systematic reporting of last sale information for foreign currencies or any regulatory requirement that quotations available through dealers or other market sources be firm or revised on a timely basis. Available quotation information is generally representative of very large transactions in the interbank market and thus may not reflect relatively smaller transactions (i.e., less than $1 million) where rates may be less favorable. The interbank market in foreign currencies is a global, around-the-clock market. To the extent that the U.S. option markets are closed while the markets for the underlying currencies remain open, significant price and rate movements may take place in the underlying markets that cannot be reflected in the options markets until they reopen.
A Fund may purchase and write put and call options on indices and enter into related closing transactions. Put and call options on indices are similar to options on securities except that options on an index give the holder the right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the underlying index is greater than (or less than, in the case of puts) the exercise price of the option. This amount of cash is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the option, expressed in dollars multiplied by a specified number. Thus, unlike options on individual securities, all settlements are in cash, and gain or loss depends on price movements in the particular market represented by the index generally, rather than the price movements in individual securities. A Fund may choose to terminate an option position by entering into a closing transaction. The ability of a Fund to enter into closing transactions depends upon the existence of a liquid secondary market for such transactions.
Options written on indices may be covered and all options will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.
A Fund will not engage in transactions involving interest rate futures contracts for speculation but only as a hedge against changes in the market values of debt securities held or intended to be purchased by a Fund and where the transactions are appropriate to reduce a Fund’s interest rate risks. There can be no assurance that hedging transactions will be successful. A Fund also could be exposed to risks if it cannot close out its futures or options positions because of any illiquid secondary market.
Futures and options have effective durations that, in general, are closely related to the effective duration of the securities that underlie them. Holding purchased futures or call option positions will lengthen the duration of a Fund’s portfolio.
Risks associated with options transactions include: (1) the success of a hedging strategy may depend on an ability to predict movements in the prices of individual securities, fluctuations in markets and movements in interest rates; (2) there may be an imperfect correlation between the movement in prices of options and the securities underlying them; (3) there may not be a liquid secondary market for options; and (4) while a Fund may receive a premium when it writes covered call options, it may not participate fully in a rise in the market value of the underlying security. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, all options will be entered into in accordance with the regulatory requirements described in the “Derivatives” subsection.
Caps, Collars and Floors. Caps and floors have an effect similar to buying or writing options. In a typical cap or floor agreement, one party agrees to make payments only under specified circumstances, usually in return for payment of a fee by the other party. For example, the buyer of an interest rate cap obtains the right to receive payments to the extent that a specified interest rate exceeds an agreed-upon level. The seller of an interest rate floor is obligated to make payments to the extent that a specified interest rate falls below an agreed-upon level. An interest rate collar combines elements of buying a cap and selling a floor.
Inverse Floaters. A Fund may invest in inverse floaters. Inverse floaters are derivative securities whose interest rates vary inversely to changes in short-term interest rates and whose values fluctuate inversely to changes in long-term interest rates. The value of certain inverse floaters will fluctuate substantially more in response to a given change in long-term rates than would a traditional debt security. These securities have investment characteristics similar to leverage, in that interest rate changes have a magnified effect on the value of inverse floaters.
11

Other Investment Companies. Investment companies include open- and closed-end funds, exchange-traded funds, and any other pooled investment vehicle that meets the definition of an investment company under the 1940 Act, whether such companies are required to register under the 1940 Act or not. As a shareholder of another investment company, a Fund would be subject to the same risks as any other investor in that investment company. A Fund’s purchase of such investment company securities results in the layering of expenses, such that shareholders would indirectly bear a proportionate share of the operating expenses of such investment companies, including advisory fees, in addition to paying Fund expenses. Investments in registered investment company shares are subject to limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act and its rules, and applicable SEC staff interpretations or applicable exemptive relief granted by the SEC. The 1940 Act currently provides, in part, that a Fund generally may not purchase shares of a registered investment company if (a) such a purchase would cause a Fund to own in the aggregate more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of the investment company or (b) such a purchase would cause a Fund to have more than 5% of its total assets invested in the investment company or (c) more than 10% of a Fund’s total assets would be invested in the aggregate in all registered investment companies.
Other Types of Financial Instruments. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts, or futures options are traded in the future, the Funds may also use those instruments, provided that such instruments are consistent with the Funds’ investment goals.
Quantitative Strategy Risk. The Fund’s sub-adviser uses proprietary statistical analyses and models to construct the Fund’s portfolio. A securities portfolio selected using these proprietary models can perform differently than the market as a whole as a result of the correlation factors used in the analysis to construct the models, the weight placed on each factor, and changes in the factors’ historical trends. As a result, the Fund may be more or less exposed to a risk factor than its individual holdings. Quantitative models are subject to technical issues including programming and data inaccuracies, are based on assumptions, and rely on data that is subject to limitations (e.g., inaccuracies, staleness), any of which could adversely affect their effectiveness or predictive value.
Rating Agencies. The NRSRO ratings applicable to the Funds’ fixed-income investments appear in the Appendix A to this SAI.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). The Funds may invest in REITs, which pool investors’ money for investment in income producing commercial real estate or real estate related loans or interests.
A REIT is not subject to federal income tax on income distributed to its shareholders or unitholders if it complies with regulatory requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income, and with a regulatory requirement that it distribute to its shareholders or unitholders at least 90% of its taxable income for each taxable year. Generally, REITs can be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from rents and capital gains from appreciation realized through property sales. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity and Mortgage REITs. A shareholder in a Fund should realize that by investing in REITs indirectly through a Fund, he or she will bear not only his or her proportionate share of the expenses of a Fund, but also indirectly, similar expenses of underlying REITs.
A Fund may be subject to certain risks associated with the direct investments of the REITs. REITs may be affected by changes in their underlying properties and by defaults by borrowers or tenants. Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of the credit extended. Furthermore, REITs are dependent on specialized management skills. Some REITs may have limited diversification and may be subject to risks inherent in financing a limited number of properties. REITs depend generally on their ability to generate cash flow to make distributions to shareholders or unitholders, and may be subject to defaults by borrowers and to self-liquidations. In addition, the performance of a REIT may be affected by its failure to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Code or its failure to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act.
ReFlow Liquidity Program. The Funds may participate in the ReFlow liquidity program, which is designed to provide an alternative liquidity source for mutual funds experiencing redemptions of their shares. In order to pay cash to shareholders who redeem their shares on a given day, a mutual fund typically must hold cash in its portfolio, liquidate portfolio securities, or borrow money, all of which impose certain costs on the fund. ReFlow Fund, LLC (“ReFlow”) provides participating mutual funds with another source of cash by standing ready to purchase shares from a fund up to the amount of the fund’s net redemptions on a given day. ReFlow then generally redeems those shares when the fund experiences net sales. In return for this service, the Fund will pay a fee to ReFlow at a rate determined by a daily auction with other participating mutual funds. The costs to the Fund for participating in ReFlow are expected to be influenced by and comparable to the cost of other sources of liquidity, such as the Fund’s short-term lending arrangements or the costs of selling portfolio securities to meet redemptions. In accordance with federal securities laws, ReFlow is prohibited from acquiring more than 3% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. There is no assurance that ReFlow will have sufficient funds available to meet the Fund’s liquidity needs on a particular day. Investments in the Fund by ReFlow in connection with the ReFlow liquidity program are not subject to the market timing limitations described in the Funds’ prospectus.
Repurchase Agreements. Repurchase agreements are transactions by which the Funds purchase a security and simultaneously commit to resell that security to the seller at an agreed upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the term of the agreement. In the event of a bankruptcy or other default of the seller of a repurchase agreement, a Fund could experience both delays in liquidating the underlying security and losses. To minimize these possibilities, the Funds intend to enter into repurchase agreements only with their custodian, with banks having assets in excess of $10 billion and with broker-dealers who are recognized as primary dealers in U.S.
12

government obligations by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York. Collateral for repurchase agreements is held for safekeeping in the customer-only account of the Fund’s custodian at the Federal Reserve Bank. A Fund will not enter into a repurchase agreement not terminable within seven days if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities and other illiquid securities.
Although the securities subject to a repurchase agreement might bear maturities exceeding one year, settlement for the repurchase would never be more than one year after a Fund’s acquisition of the securities and normally would be within a shorter period of time. The resale price will be in excess of the purchase price, reflecting an agreed upon market rate effective for the period of time that each Fund’s money will be invested in the securities, and will not be related to the coupon rate of the purchased security. At the time a Fund enters into a repurchase agreement, the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement, and in the case of a repurchase agreement exceeding one day, the seller will agree that the value of the underlying security, including accrued interest, will at all times equal or exceed the value of the repurchase agreement. The collateral securing the seller’s obligation must consist of cash or securities that are issued or guaranteed by the United States government or its agencies. The collateral will be held by the custodian or in the Federal Reserve Book Entry System.
For purposes of the 1940 Act, a repurchase agreement is deemed to be a loan from a Fund to the seller subject to the repurchase agreement and is therefore subject to the applicable Fund’s investment restrictions applicable to loans. It is not clear whether a court would consider the securities purchased by a Fund subject to a repurchase agreement as being owned by that Fund or as being collateral for a loan by a Fund to the seller. In the event of the commencement of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings with respect to the seller of the securities before repurchase of the security under a repurchase agreement, a Fund may encounter delays and incur costs before being able to sell the security. Delays may involve loss of interest or decline in price of the security. If a court characterized the transaction as a loan and a Fund has not perfected a security interest in the security, that Fund may be required to return the security to the seller’s estate and be treated as an unsecured creditor of the seller. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction. As with any unsecured debt obligation purchased for a Fund, the sub-adviser seeks to minimize the risk of loss through repurchase agreements by analyzing the creditworthiness of the obligor, in this case, the seller. Apart from the risk of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, there is also the risk that the seller may fail to repurchase the security, in which case a Fund may incur a loss if the proceeds to the applicable Fund of the sale of the security to a third party are less than the repurchase price. However, if the market value of the securities subject to the repurchase agreement becomes less than the repurchase price (including interest), a Fund involved will direct the seller of the security to deliver additional securities so that the market value of all securities subject to the repurchase agreement will equal or exceed the repurchase price. It is possible that a Fund will be unsuccessful in seeking to enforce the seller’s contractual obligation to deliver additional securities.
Sector Focus. If a Fund’s portfolio is overweighted in a certain sector or related sectors, any negative development affecting that sector will have a greater impact on a Fund than a fund that is not overweighted in that sector.
Communication Services Sector Risk. The communication services sector is subject to extensive government regulation. The costs of complying with governmental regulations, delays or failure to receive required regulatory approvals, or the enactment of new regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of communications services companies. Government actions around the world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. The domestic communications services market is characterized by increasing competition and regulation by various state and federal regulatory authorities. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in formulating new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications services companies obsolete.
Consumer Discretionary Sector Risk. Because companies in the consumer discretionary sector manufacture products and provide discretionary services directly to the consumer, the success of these companies is tied closely to the performance of the overall domestic and international economy, interest rates, competition and consumer confidence. Success depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Changes in demographics and consumer tastes also can affect the demand for, and success of, consumer discretionary products in the marketplace.
Consumer Staples Sector Risk. The consumer staples sector may be affected by food and drug regulations and production methods, fads, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting consumer demand. In particular, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. The consumer staples sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors.
Energy Sector Risk. The profitability of companies in the energy sector is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending. Such companies also are subject to risks of changes in exchange rates, government regulation, world events, depletion of resources and economic conditions, as well as market, economic and political risks of the countries where energy companies are located or do business. Oil and gas exploration and production can be significantly affected by natural disasters. Oil exploration and production companies may be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, government regulation, world events, and economic conditions. Oil exploration and production companies may be at risk for environmental damage claims.
13

Financial Sector Risk. The financial services industries are subject to extensive government regulation, can be subject to relatively rapid change due to increasingly blurred distinctions between service segments, and can be significantly affected by availability and cost of capital funds, changes in interest rates, the rate of corporate and consumer debt defaults, and price competition. Numerous financial services companies have experienced substantial declines in the valuations of their assets, taken action to raise capital (such as the issuance of debt or equity securities), or even ceased operations. These actions have caused the securities of many financial services companies to experience a dramatic decline in value. Issuers that have exposure to the real estate, mortgage and credit markets have been particularly affected by the foregoing events and the general market turmoil, and it is uncertain whether or for how long these conditions will continue.
Healthcare Sector Risk. The profitability of companies in the healthcare sector may be affected by extensive government regulation, restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure, an increased emphasis on outpatient services, limited number of products, industry innovation, changes in technologies and other market developments. Many healthcare companies are heavily dependent on patent protection. The expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Many healthcare companies are subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. Healthcare companies are subject to competitive forces that may make it difficult to raise prices and, in fact, may result in price discounting. Many new products in the healthcare sector may be subject to regulatory approvals. The process of obtaining such approvals may be long and costly.
Industrials Sector Risk. The stock prices of companies in the industrials sector are affected by supply and demand both for their specific product or service, industrials sector products in general, and the costs of materials and other commodities. The products of manufacturing companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction. Government regulation, world events and economic conditions may affect the performance of companies in the industrials sector. Companies in the industrials sector may be at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims.
Information Technology Sector Risk. Information technology companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Like other technology companies, information technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of information technology companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the information technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. These risks are heightened for information technology companies in foreign markets.
Materials Sector Risk. Companies in the materials sector could be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rates, import controls and increased competition. Production of industrial materials often exceeds demand as a result of overbuilding or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. Companies in the materials sector are at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations, and government regulations.
Real Estate Sector Risk. An investment in a real property company may be subject to risks similar to those associated with direct ownership of real estate, including, by way of example, the possibility of declines in the value of real estate, losses from casualty or condemnation, and changes in local and general economic conditions, supply and demand, interest rates, environmental liability, zoning laws, regulatory limitations on rents, property taxes, and operating expenses. Some real property companies have limited diversification because they invest in a limited number of properties, a narrow geographic area, or a single type of property.
Securities Lending. In order to generate additional income, a Fund may lend its securities pursuant to agreements requiring that the loan be continuously secured by collateral consisting of: (1) cash in U.S. dollars; (2) securities issued or fully guaranteed by the United States government or issued and unconditionally guaranteed by any agencies thereof; or (3) irrevocable performance letters of credit issued by banks approved by each Fund. All collateral must equal at least 100% of the market value of the loaned securities. A Fund continues to receive interest on the loaned securities while simultaneously earning interest on the investment of cash collateral. Collateral is marked to market daily. There may be risks of delay in recovery of the securities or even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially or become insolvent. In addition, cash collateral invested by the lending Fund is subject to investment risk and the Fund may experience losses with respect to its collateral investments. The SEC currently requires that the following conditions must be met whenever a Fund’s portfolio securities are loaned: (1) the Fund must receive at least 100% cash collateral from the borrower; (2) the borrower must increase such collateral whenever the market value of the securities rises above the level of such collateral; (3) the Fund must be able to terminate the loan at any time; (4) the Fund must receive reasonable interest on the loan, as well as any dividends, interest or other distributions on the loaned securities, and any increase in market value; (5) the Fund may pay only reasonable custodian fees approved by the Board in connection with the loan; (6) while voting rights on the loaned securities may pass to the borrower, the Fund must have the ability to terminate the loan and regain the right to vote the securities if a material event adversely affecting the investment
14

occurs, and (7) the Fund may not loan its portfolio securities so that the value of the loaned securities is more than one-third of its total asset value, including collateral received from such loans. The lending of securities is considered a form of leverage that is included in a lending Fund’s investment limitation related to borrowings. See “Investment Limitations” below.
The Trust has appointed Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”) as its lending agent in connection with the Funds’ securities lending program. BBH administers the securities lending program in accordance with operational procedures it has established in conjunction with the Funds. As the securities lending agent, BBH lends certain securities, which are held in custody accounts maintained with BBH, to borrowers that have been approved by the Funds. As securities lending agent, BBH is authorized to execute certain agreements and documents and take such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the securities lending program. The dollar amounts of income and fees and compensation paid to all service providers related to the Fund that participated in securities lending activities during the fiscal year (or period) ended March 31, 2024 were as follows: 
 
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly,
Growth Opportunities Fund)
Gross Income from securities lending activities
$20,549
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
 
Fees paid to securities lending agent from a revenue split
$224
Fees paid for any cash collateral management service (including fees deducted
from a pooled cash collateral reinvestment vehicle) that are not included in the
revenue split
$663
Administrative fees not included in revenue split
$ —
Indemnification fee not included in revenue split
$ —
Rebate (paid to borrower)
$19,049
Other fees not included in revenue split
$ —
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities
$19,936
Net Income from securities lending activities
$613
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a Fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, and firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation. As further outlined in the “Derivatives” subsection, the SEC adopted the Derivatives Rule on October 28, 2020, and in doing so announced it would rescind SEC releases, guidance and no-action letters related to funds’ coverage and asset segregation practices. Funds were required to comply with the Derivatives Rule requirements by August 19, 2022.
Technology Securities. The value of technology securities may fluctuate dramatically and technology securities may be subject to greater than average financial and market risk. Investments in the high technology sector include the risk that certain products may be subject to competitive pressures and aggressive pricing and may become obsolete and the risk that new products will not meet expectations or even reach the market.
U.S. Government Securities. U.S. government securities are obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities. Some U.S. government securities, such as U.S. Treasury bills, U.S. Treasury notes, U.S. Treasury bonds and securities of Ginnie Mae, which differ only in their interest rates, maturities and times of issuance, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States. Others are supported by: (i) the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury, such as securities of the Federal Home Loan Banks; (ii) the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase the agency’s obligations, such as securities of Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac; or (iii) only the credit of the issuer, such as securities of the Student Loan Marketing Association. No assurance can be given that the U.S. government will provide financial support in the future to U.S. government agencies, authorities or instrumentalities that are not supported by the full faith and credit of the United States.
Securities guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities include: (i) securities for which the payment of principal and interest is backed by an irrevocable letter of credit issued by the U.S. government or any of its agencies, authorities or instrumentalities; and (ii) participation interests in loans made to foreign governments or other entities that are so guaranteed. The secondary market for certain of these participation interests is limited and, therefore, may be regarded as illiquid.
U.S. Treasury Obligations. U.S. Treasury Obligations are bills, notes and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury, and separately traded interest and principal component parts of such obligations that are transferable through the federal book-entry system known as separately traded registered interest and principal securities (“STRIPS”) and coupons under book entry safekeeping (“CUBES”). They also include U.S. Treasury inflation-protection securities (“TIPS”).
15

INVESTMENT LIMITATIONS
Fundamental Investment Limitations
The following investment limitations are fundamental policies of the Fund which cannot be changed without the consent of the holders of a majority of that Fund’s outstanding shares.
The term “majority of the outstanding shares” means the vote of (i) 67% or more of a Fund’s shares present at a meeting, if more than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of a Fund’s outstanding shares, whichever is less. Except for the limitations on illiquid securities and bank borrowings, if a percentage restriction on investment or use of assets set forth below is adhered to at the time a transaction is effected, later changes in percentages resulting from changing market values or other circumstances will not be considered a deviation from these policies.
Several of these fundamental investment limitations include the defined term “1940 Act Laws, Interpretations and Exemptions.” This term means the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as such statutes, rules and regulations are amended from time to time or are interpreted from time to time by the staff of the SEC and any exemptive order or similar relief applicable to a Fund.
The Fund’s fundamental investment limitations are:
1.
Borrowing Money. The Fund may not engage in borrowing except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation, or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
2.
Underwriting. The Fund may not underwrite securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that, in connection with the sale or disposition of portfolio securities, a Fund may be deemed to be an underwriter under certain federal securities laws or in connection with investments in other investment companies.
3.
Loans. The Fund may not make loans to other persons except that a Fund may (1) engage in repurchase agreements, (2) lend portfolio securities, (3) purchase debt securities, (4) purchase commercial paper, and (5) enter into any other lending arrangement permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
4.
Real Estate. The Fund may not purchase or sell real estate except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell real estate acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by real estate or interests in real estate and (3) purchase or sell securities of entities or investment vehicles, including real estate investment trusts that invest, deal or otherwise engage in transactions in real estate or interests in real estate.
5.
Commodities. The Fund may not purchase or sell physical commodities except that a Fund may (1) hold and sell physical commodities acquired as a result of the Fund’s ownership of securities or other instruments, (2) purchase or sell securities or other instruments backed by physical commodities, (3) purchase or sell options, and (4) purchase or sell futures contracts.
6.
Concentration of Investments. The Fund may not purchase the securities of an issuer (other than securities issued or guaranteed by the United States Government, its agencies or its instrumentalities) if, as a result, more than 25% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of companies whose principal business activities are in the same industry.
7.
Senior Securities. The Fund may not issue senior securities except as permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940, any rule, regulation or order under the Act or any SEC staff interpretation of the Act.
Non-fundamental investment limitations
The Fund also has adopted certain non-fundamental investment limitations. A non-fundamental investment limitation may be amended by the Board without a vote of shareholders upon 60 days’ notice to shareholders. The non-fundamental investment limitations listed below are in addition to other non-fundamental investment limitations disclosed elsewhere in this SAI and in the prospectus.
The following non-fundamental investment limitations apply to the Fund :
1.
Borrowing. The 1940 Act allows a fund to borrow from any bank (including pledging, mortgaging or hypothecating assets) in an amount up to 33 1/3% of its total assets (not including temporary borrowings not in excess of 5% of its total assets).
2.
Underwriting. Under the 1940 Act, underwriting securities involves a fund purchasing securities directly from an issuer for the purpose of selling (distributing) them or participating in any such activity either directly or indirectly. Under the 1940 Act, a diversified fund may not make any commitment as underwriter, if immediately thereafter the amount of its outstanding underwriting commitments, plus the value of its investments in securities of issuers (other than investment companies) of which it owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities, exceeds 25% of the value of its total assets.
3.
Lending. Under the 1940 Act, a fund may only make loans if expressly permitted by its investment policies. The Fund’s current
16

investment policy on lending is as follows: the Fund may not make loans if, as a result, more than 33 1/3% of its total assets would be lent to other parties, except that the Fund may: (i) purchase or hold debt instruments in accordance with its investment objective and policies; (ii) enter into repurchase agreements; and (iii) engage in securities lending as described in its Statement of Additional Information.
4.
Senior Securities. Senior securities may include any obligation or instrument issued by a fund evidencing indebtedness. The 1940 Act generally prohibits funds from issuing senior securities, although it does not treat certain transactions as senior securities, such as certain borrowings, short sales, reverse repurchase agreements, firm commitment agreements and standby commitments, with appropriate earmarking or segregation of assets to cover such obligation or other coverage of such obligation in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act Rules and SEC interpretations thereunder.
5.
Illiquid Investments. The Fund will not purchase securities for which there are legal or contractual restrictions on resale or for which no readily available market exists (or engage in a repurchase agreement maturing in more than seven days) if, as a result thereof, more than 15% of the value of its net assets would be invested in such securities.
6.
Margin Purchases. The Fund will not purchase securities or evidences of interest thereon on “margin.” This limitation is not applicable to short-term credit obtained by the Fund for the clearance of purchases and sales or redemption of securities or to the extent necessary to engage in transactions described in the Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information involving margin purchases.
7.
Short Sales. The Fund will not make short sales of securities.
8.
8. 80% Investment Policy. The Fund invests under normal market conditions, at least 80% of its assets in common stocks of large capitalization growth U.S. listed companies. For purposes of the Fund, a large capitalization growth company will typically be a company that is a constituent of the Russell 1000® Growth Index at the time of purchase. Constituent companies of the Russell 1000® Growth Index have a market capitalization between approximately $681 million and $3.3 trillion, as of March 31, 2025. The constituent companies of the Russell 1000® Growth Index will change with market conditions.
17

TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST
The following is a list of the Trustees and executive officers of the Trust, the length of time served, principal occupations for the past 5 years, and, for the Trustees, number of funds overseen in the Touchstone Fund Complex and other directorships held. All funds managed by the Adviser, the “Touchstone Funds”, are part of the “Touchstone Fund Complex.” The Touchstone Fund Complex consists of the Trust, Touchstone ETF Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust, and Touchstone Variable Series Trust. The Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust, as defined in the 1940 Act, are referred to as “Independent Trustees.”
Interested Trustees(1): 
Name
Address
Year of Birth
Position Held
with Trust
Term of Office
And Length of
Time Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number
of Funds
Overseen
in the
Touchstone
Fund
Complex(2)
Other
Directorships
Held by Director(3)
Jill T. McGruder
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1955
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until she resigns or
is removed
Trustee since 1999
President of Touchstone
Funds from 1999 to 2020;
Director and CEO of IFS
Financial Services, Inc. (a
holding company) since
1999; and Senior Vice
President and Chief
Marketing Officer of
Western & Southern
Financial Group, Inc. (a
financial services
company) since 2016.
41
Director, Integrity Life
Insurance Co. and
National Integrity Life
Insurance Co. since 2005;
Director, Touchstone
Securities (the
Distributor) since 1999;
Director, Touchstone
Advisors (the Adviser)
since 1999; Director, W&S
Brokerage Services, Inc.
since 1999; Director, W&S
Financial Group
Distributors, Inc. since
1999; Director, Insurance
Profillment Solutions LLC
since 2014; Director,
Columbus Life Insurance
Co. since 2016; Director,
The Lafayette Life
Insurance Co. since 2016;
Director, Gerber Life
Insurance Company
since 2019; Director,
Western & Southern
Agency, Inc. since 2018;
and Director, LL Global,
Inc. (not-for-profit trade
organization with
operating divisions
LIMRA and LOMA) since
2016.
E. Blake Moore, Jr.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1958
President and Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until he resigns or
is removed
Trustee since 2021
President, Touchstone
Funds since 2021; Chief
Executive Officer of
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
and Touchstone
Securities, Inc. since
2020; President, Foresters
Investment
Management Company,
Inc. from 2018 to 2020.
41
Trustee, College of
Wooster since 2008; and
Director, UBS Funds from
2015 to 2017.
18

Independent Trustees: 
Name
Address
Year of Birth
Position Held
with Trust
Term of Office
And Length of
Time Served
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number
of Funds
Overseen
in the
Touchstone
Fund Complex(2)
Other
Directorships
Held by Director(3)
Karen Carnahan
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1954
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until she resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2019
Retired; formerly Chief
Operating Officer of
Shred-it (a business
services company)
from 2014 to 2015;
formerly President &
Chief Operating Officer
of the document
management division
of Cintas Corporation
(a business services
company) from 2008
to 2014.
41
Director, Cintas
Corporation since
2019; Director, Boys &
Girls Club of West
Chester/Liberty from
2016 to 2022; and
Board of Advisors, Best
Upon Request from
2020 to 2021.
William C. Gale
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1952
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until he resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2013
Retired; formerly
Senior Vice President
and Chief Financial
Officer of Cintas
Corporation (a
business services
company) from 1995
to 2015.
41
None.
Susan M. King
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1963
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until she resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2021
Formerly, Partner of ID
Fund LLC (2020 to
2021); formerly, Senior
Vice President, Head of
Product and Marketing
Strategy of Foresters
Financial (2018 to
2020).
41
Trustee, Claremont
McKenna College
since 2017; Trustee,
Israel Cancer Research
Fund since 2019.
Kevin A. Robie
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1956
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until he resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2013
Retired; formerly Vice
President of Portfolio
Management at Soin
LLC (private
multinational holding
company and family
office) from 2004 to
2020.
41
Director, SaverSystems,
Inc. since 2015;
Director, Buckeye
EcoCare, Inc. from
2013 to 2018; Director,
Turner Property
Services Group, Inc.
since 2017; Trustee,
Dayton Region New
Market Fund, LLC
(private fund) since
2010; and Trustee,
Entrepreneurs Center,
Inc. (business
incubator) since 2006.
Sally J. Staley
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1956
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until she resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2023
Independent
Consultant to
Institutional Asset
Owners since 2017.
41
Trustee, College of
Wooster since 2006
(Chair since 2021);
Trustee, Great Lakes
Theater Festival since
2005; and Member of
Advisory Committee,
Certified Investment
Fund Director Institute
from 2015 to 2020.
19

Name
Address
Year of Birth
Position Held
with Trust
Term of Office
And Length of
Time Served
Principal
Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
Number
of Funds
Overseen
in the
Touchstone
Fund Complex(2)
Other
Directorships
Held by Director(3)
William H. Zimmer III
c/o Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1953
Trustee
Until retirement at age
75 or until he resigns
or is removed
Trustee since 2019
Independent Treasury
Consultant since 2014.
41
Director, Deaconess
Associations, Inc.
(healthcare) from 2001
to 2023.
(1)
Ms. McGruder, as a director of the Adviser and the Distributor, and an officer of affiliates of the Adviser and the Distributor, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act. Mr. Moore, as an officer of the Adviser and the Distributor, is an “interested person” of the Trust within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the 1940 Act.
(2)
As of April 30, 2025, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 15 series of the Trust, 10 series of Touchstone ETF Trust, 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
(3)
Each Trustee is also a Trustee of Touchstone ETF Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
Principal Officers: 
Name
Address
Year of Birth
Position Held
with Trust(1)
Term of Office and
Length of Time
Served
Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years
E. Blake Moore, Jr.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway,
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1958
President and Trustee
Until resignation, removal
or disqualification
President since January 2021
See biography above.
Timothy D. Paulin
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100 Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1963
Vice President
Until resignation, removal
or disqualification
Vice President since 2010
Senior Vice President of Investment
Research and Product Management of
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
Timothy S. Stearns
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1963
Chief Compliance Officer
Until resignation, removal
or disqualification
Chief Compliance Officer
since 2013
Chief Compliance Officer of
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and
Touchstone Securities, Inc.
Terrie A. Wiedenheft
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway
Suite 1100
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1962
Controller and Treasurer
Until resignation, removal
or disqualification
Controller and Treasurer
since 2006
Senior Vice President and Chief
Administration Officer within the
Office of the Chief Marketing Officer of
Western & Southern Financial Group
(since 2021); and Senior Vice President,
Chief Financial Officer, and Chief
Operations Officer of IFS Financial
Services, Inc. (a holding company).
Simon Berry
Western & Southern Financial Group
400 Broadway
Cincinnati, Ohio 45202
Year of Birth: 1971
Secretary
Until resignation, removal
or disqualification
Secretary since 2024
Senior Counsel - Securities and
Registered Funds of Western &
Southern Financial Group (since June
2024); formerly, Senior Counsel of
MassMutual Ascend Life Insurance
Company
(1) Each officer also holds the same office with Touchstone ETF Trust, Touchstone Funds Group Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
20

Additional Information about the Trustees
The Board believes that each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes, or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees lead to the conclusion that the Trustees possess the requisite experience, qualifications, attributes, and skills to serve on the Board. The Board believes that the Trustees’ ability to review critically, evaluate, question, and discuss information provided to them; to interact effectively with the Adviser, sub-advisers, other service providers, counsel and independent auditors; and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties, support this conclusion. The Board has also considered the contributions that each Trustee can make to the Board and the Funds.
In addition, the following specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills apply as to the Trustees: Ms. McGruder has experience as a chief executive officer of a financial services company and director of various other businesses, as well as executive and leadership roles within the Adviser; Mr. Moore has experience as a managing director and president of global financial services firms, as well as executive and leadership roles within the Adviser; Ms. Carnahan has experience as a president and chief operating officer of a division of a global company and as treasurer of a global company; Mr. Gale has experience as a chief financial officer, an internal auditor of various global companies, and has accounting experience as a manager at a major accounting firm; Ms. King has experience as a senior sales and marketing executive at global financial services firms; Mr. Robie has portfolio management experience at a private multinational holding company; Ms. Staley has investment experience from positions at various entities, including as chief investment officer for a university; and Mr. Zimmer has experience as a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, and treasurer of various financial services, telecommunications and technology companies.
In its periodic self-assessment of its effectiveness, the Board considers the complementary individual skills and experience of the individual Trustees primarily in the broader context of the Board’s overall composition so that the Board, as a body, possesses the appropriate (and appropriately diverse) skills and experience to oversee the business of the Funds. References to the qualifications, attributes and skills of Trustees are pursuant to requirements of the SEC, do not constitute holding out the Board or any Trustee as having any special expertise or experience, and shall not impose any greater responsibility on any Trustee or on the Board by reason thereof.
Board Structure
The Board is composed of six Independent Trustees and two Interested Trustees: Jill T. McGruder, who is Chairperson of the Board, and E. Blake Moore, Jr. The Independent Trustees have appointed William C. Gale to serve as the Lead Independent Trustee. Ms. McGruder oversees the day-to-day business affairs of the Trust and communicates with Mr. Gale regularly on various Trust issues, as appropriate. Mr. Gale, among other things, chairs meetings of the Independent Trustees, serves as a spokesperson for the Independent Trustees, and serves as a liaison between the Independent Trustees and the Trust’s management between Board meetings. Except for any duties specified, the designation of Lead Independent Trustee does not impose on such Independent Trustee any duties, obligations, or liability that is greater than the duties, obligations, or liability imposed on such person as a member of the Board, generally. The Independent Trustees are advised at these meetings, as well as at other times, by separate, independent legal counsel.
The Board holds four regular meetings each year to consider and address matters involving the Trust and its Funds. The Board also may hold special meetings to address matters arising between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees also regularly meet outside the presence of management and are advised by independent legal counsel. These meetings may take place in-person or by telephone.
The Board has established a committee structure that includes an Audit Committee and a Governance Committee (discussed in more detail below). The Board conducts much of its work through these Committees. Each Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Trustees, which ensures that the Funds have effective and independent governance and oversight.
The Board reviews its structure regularly and believes that its leadership structure, including having a super-majority of Independent Trustees, coupled with an Interested Chairperson and a Lead Independent Trustee, is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview, and it allocates areas of responsibility among the Committees and the full Board in a manner that enhances effective oversight. The Board believes that having an Interested Chairperson is appropriate and in the best interests of the Trust given: (1) the extensive oversight provided by the Trust’s Adviser over the affiliated and unaffiliated sub-advisers that conduct the day-to-day management of the Funds of the Trust; (2) the extent to which the work of the Board is conducted through the standing Committees; (3) the extent to which the Independent Trustees meet regularly, together with independent legal counsel, in the absence of the Interested Chairperson; and (4) the Interested Chairperson’s additional roles as a director of the Adviser and the Distributor and senior executive of IFS Financial Services, Inc., the Adviser’s parent company, and of other affiliates of the Adviser, which enhance the Board’s understanding of the operations of the Adviser and the role of the Trust and the Adviser within Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. The Board also believes that the role of the Lead Independent Trustee within the leadership structure is integral to promoting independent oversight of the Funds’ operations and meaningful representation of the shareholders’ interests. In addition, the Board believes its leadership structure facilitates the orderly and efficient flow of information to the Independent Trustees from the Trust’s management.
21

Board Oversight of Risk
Consistent with its responsibilities for oversight of the Trust and its Funds, the Board, among other things, oversees risk management of each Fund’s investment program and business affairs directly and through the committee structure that it has established. Risks to the Funds include, among others, investment risk, credit risk, liquidity risk, valuation risk and operational risk, as well as the overall business risk relating to the Funds. The Board has adopted, and periodically reviews, policies and procedures designed to address these risks. Under the overall oversight of the Board, the Adviser, sub-advisers, and other key service providers to the Funds, including the administrator, the distributor, the transfer agent, the custodian, and the independent auditors, have also implemented a variety of processes, procedures and controls to address these risks. Different processes, procedures and controls are employed with respect to different types of risks. These processes include those that are embedded in the conduct of regular business by the Board and in the responsibilities of officers of the Trust and other service providers.
The Board requires senior officers of the Trust, including the Chief Compliance Officer (“CCO”), to report to the Board on a variety of matters at regular and special meetings of the Board, including matters relating to risk management. The Board and the Audit Committee receive regular reports from the Trust’s independent auditors on internal control and financial reporting matters. On at least a quarterly basis, the Board meets with the Trust’s CCO, including meetings in executive sessions, to discuss issues related to portfolio compliance and, on at least an annual basis, receives a report from the CCO regarding the effectiveness of the Trust’s compliance program. In addition, the Board also receives reports from the Adviser on the investments and securities trading of the Funds, including their investment performance and asset weightings compared to appropriate benchmarks, as well as reports regarding the valuation of those investments. The Board also receives reports from the Trust’s primary service providers on a periodic or regular basis, including the sub-advisers to the Funds.
Standing Committees of the Board
The Board is responsible for overseeing the operations of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and other applicable laws and the Trust’s Declaration of Trust. The Board has established the following Committees to assist in its oversight functions. Each Committee is composed entirely of Independent Trustees.
Audit Committee. All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting policies, practices and internal controls; overseeing the quality and integrity of the Trust’s financial statement and the independent audits thereof; overseeing, or, as appropriate, assisting the Board’s oversight of the Trust’s compliance with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust’s accounting and financial reporting; internal control over financial reporting and independent audits; approving prior to appointment the engagement of the Trust’s independent auditors and, in connection therewith, to reviewing and evaluating the qualifications, independence and performance of the Trust’s independent auditors; and acting as a liaison between the Trust’s independent auditors and the full Board. Ms. Carnahan is the Chair of the Audit Committee. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, the Audit Committee held four meetings.
Anyone with complaints relating to accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters may contact the Funds' Chief Compliance Officer via the Touchstone website (TouchstoneInvestments.com), by direct mail or by direct telephone call. All contact information is provided on the Touchstone website under the “Contact” tab.
Governance Committee. All of the Independent Trustees are members of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee is responsible for overseeing the Trust’s compliance program and compliance issues, procedures for valuing securities and responding to any pricing issues. Mr. Zimmer is the Chair of the Governance Committee. The Governance Committee held four meetings during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024.
In addition, the Governance Committee is responsible for recommending candidates to serve on the Board. The Governance Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for nomination to the Board only in the event that there is a vacancy on the Board. Shareholders who wish to submit recommendations for nominations to the Board to fill the vacancy must submit their recommendations in writing to Mr. William H. Zimmer III, Chair of the Governance Committee, c/o Touchstone Funds, 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. Shareholders should include appropriate information on the background and qualifications of any person recommended to the Governance Committee (e.g., a resume), as well as the candidate’s contact information and a written consent from the candidate to serve if nominated and elected. Shareholder recommendations for nominations to the Board will be accepted on an ongoing basis and such recommendations will be kept on file for consideration in the event of a future vacancy on the Board.
Trustee Ownership in the Touchstone Fund Complex
The following table reflects the Trustees’ beneficial ownership in the Funds (i.e. dollar range of securities in each Fund) and the Touchstone Fund Complex as of December 31, 2024. 
22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interested Trustees
Independent Trustees
 
 
 
 
Fund
Jill T.
McGruder
E. Blake
Moore, Jr.
Karen
Carnahan
Susan M.
King
William C.
Gale
Sally J.
Staley
Kevin A.
Robie
William H.
Zimmer III
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Aggregate Dollar Range of Securities in the Touchstone Fund Complex(1)
Over
$100,000
Over
$100,000
Over
$100,000
Over
$100,000
Over
$100,000
$50,001
-$100,000
Over
$100,000
Over
$100,000
(1)
As of April 30, 2025, the Touchstone Fund Complex consisted of 15 series of the Trust, 10 series of the Touchstone ETF Trust, 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust and 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust.
Trustee Compensation
The following table shows the compensation paid to the Trustees by the Trust and the aggregate compensation paid by the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024. 
Name
Compensation from the Trust
Aggregate Compensation from the
Touchstone Fund Complex(1)
Interested Trustees
Jill T. McGruder
$—
$—
E. Blake Moore, Jr.
$—
$—
Independent Trustees(2)
Karen Carnahan
$85,082
$185,250
William C. Gale
$90,871
$197,850
Susan M. King
$77,847
$169,500
Kevin A. Robie
$77,847
$169,500
Sally J. Staley
$77,847
$169,500
William H. Zimmer III
$85,082
$185,250
(1)
As of April 30, 2025, the Touchstone Fund Complex consists of 15 series of the Trust, 10 series of the Touchstone ETF Trust, 4 variable annuity series of Touchstone Variable Series Trust and 12 series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust.
(2)
The Independent Trustees are eligible to participate in the Touchstone Trustee Deferred Compensation Plan, which allows them to defer payment of a specific amount of their Trustee compensation, subject to a minimum quarterly reduction of $1,000. The total amount of deferred compensation accrued by the Independent Trustees from the Touchstone Fund Complex during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 was $102,000.
The following table shows the Trustee quarterly compensation schedule as of January 1, 2025: 
 
Retainer
Governance
Committee
Meeting
Attendance
Fees
Audit
Committee
Meeting
Attendance
Fees
Board
Meeting
Attendance
Fees
Retainer and Meeting Attendance Fees
$30,500
$6,000
$6,000
$7,500
Lead Independent Trustee Fees
$8,100
Committee Chair Fees
$1,500
$3,000
$3,000
Telephonic/Virtual Meeting Attendance Fee*
$2,500
Limited items in-person meeting*
$3,500
*Only as needed
Independent Trustee compensation and Trustee and officer expenses are typically divided equally among the series comprising the Touchstone Fund Complex.
23

THE ADVISER
Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (previously defined as the “Adviser” or “Touchstone Advisors”), is each Fund’s investment adviser under the terms of an advisory agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) dated May 1, 2000, as amended. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Adviser reviews, supervises, and administers each Fund’s investment program, subject to the oversight of, and policies established by, the Board. The Adviser determines the appropriate allocation of assets to each Fund’s sub-adviser(s).
The Advisory Agreement provides that the Adviser shall not be liable for any error of judgment or mistake of law or for any loss arising out of any investment or for any act or omission in carrying out its duties, but shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties.
The continuance of the Advisory Agreement as to a Fund after the first two years must be specifically approved at least annually (i) by the vote of the Board or by a vote of the shareholders of the Fund, and, in either case, (ii) by the vote of a majority of the Board who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party thereto, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval. The Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment, and is terminable at any time with respect to any Fund(s), without payment of any penalty, by the Trust’s Board of Trustees or by a vote of the majority of the outstanding voting securities of the affected Fund(s) upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Adviser and by the Adviser upon 60 days’ prior written notice to the Trust.
The Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of IFS Financial Services, Inc., which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western-Southern Life Assurance Company. Western-Southern Life Assurance Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. Western & Southern Financial Group Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company (“Western & Southern”). Western & Southern is located at 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. Ms. Jill T. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Adviser because she is a Director of the Adviser and an officer of affiliates of the Adviser. Mr. E. Blake Moore Jr. may be deemed an affiliate of the Adviser because he is an officer of the Adviser. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Moore, by reason of these affiliations, may directly or indirectly receive benefits from the advisory fees paid to the Adviser.
Manager-of-Managers Structure
The SEC has granted an exemptive order that permits the Trust or the Adviser, under certain circumstances, to select or change unaffiliated sub-advisers, enter into new sub-advisory agreements or amend existing sub-advisory agreements without first obtaining shareholder approval (a “manager-of-managers structure”). The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, seeks to achieve its investment goal by using a “manager-of-managers” structure. Under a manager-of-managers structure, the Adviser acts as investment adviser, subject to direction from and oversight by the Board, to allocate and reallocate the Fund’s assets among sub-advisers, and to recommend that the Trustees hire, terminate or replace unaffiliated sub-advisers without shareholder approval. By reducing the number of shareholder meetings that may have to be held to approve new or additional sub-advisers for the Fund, the Trust anticipates that there will be substantial potential cost savings, as well as the opportunity to achieve certain management efficiencies, with respect to any Fund in which the manager-of-managers approach is chosen. Shareholders of a Fund will be notified of a change in its sub-adviser.
Fees Paid to the Adviser
For its services, the Adviser is entitled to receive an investment advisory fee from the Fund at an annualized rate, based on the average daily net assets of the Fund, as set forth below. The Fund’s advisory fee is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets during the current month. 
Fund
Investment Advisory Fee
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund (formerly,
Growth Opportunities Fund)
0.60% on the first $200 million
0.40% on assets over $200 million
The Fund shall pay the expenses of its operation, including but not limited to the following: (i) charges and expenses for Fund accounting, pricing and appraisal services and related overhead; (ii) the charges and expenses of the Fund’s auditors; (iii) the charges and expenses of any custodian, transfer agent, plan agent, dividend disbursing agent and registrar appointed by the Trust with respect to the Fund; (iv) brokers’ commissions, and issue and transfer taxes, chargeable to the Fund in connection with securities transactions to which the Fund is a party; (v) insurance premiums, interest charges, dues and fees for membership in trade associations and all taxes and fees payable to federal, state or other governmental agencies; (vi) fees and expenses involved in registering and maintaining registrations of the Fund and/or shares of the Fund with the SEC, state or blue sky securities agencies and foreign countries, including the preparation of Prospectuses and Statements of Additional Information for filing with the SEC; (vii) all expenses of meetings of Trustees and of shareholders of the Fund and of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, notices, proxy statements and all reports to shareholders and to governmental agencies; (viii) charges and expenses of legal counsel to the Trust and the Independent Trustees; (ix) compensation of Independent Trustees
24

of the Trust; and (x) interest on borrowed money, if any. The compensation and expenses of any officer, Trustee or employee of the Trust who is an affiliated person of the Adviser are paid by the Adviser, except with respect to certain compensation of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer, which is paid by the Funds. Each class of shares of a Fund pays its respective pro rata portion of the advisory fee payable by the Fund.
Expense Limitation Agreement. Touchstone Advisors has contractually agreed to waive fees and reimburse expenses to the extent necessary to ensure the Fund’s total annual operating expenses do not exceed the contractual limits set forth in the Fund’s Fees and Expenses table in the Summary section of the Prospectus. Expenses that are not waived or reimbursed by the Adviser include dividend and interest expenses relating to short sales; interest; taxes; brokerage commissions and other transactions costs; portfolio transaction and investment related expenses, including expenses associated with the Fund's liquidity providers; other expenditures which are capitalized in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles; the cost of “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” if any, and other extraordinary expenses not incurred in the ordinary course of business (“Excluded Expenses”). The Fund bears the costs of these Excluded Expenses. The contractual limits set forth in the Fund's Fees and Expenses table in the summary section of the Prospectus have been adjusted to include the effect of Rule 12b-1 fees, shareholder servicing fees and other anticipated class specific expenses, if applicable. Fee waivers or expense reimbursements are calculated and applied monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets during the month. The terms of Touchstone Advisors’ contractual expense limitation agreement provide that Touchstone Advisors is entitled to recoup, subject to approval by the Fund’s Board, such amounts waived or reimbursed for a period of up to three years from the date on which Touchstone Advisors reduced its compensation or assumed expenses for the Fund. No recoupment will occur unless the Fund’s operating expenses are below the expense limitation amount in effect at the time of the waiver or reimbursement. The Fund will make repayments to the Adviser only if such repayment does not cause the annual Fund operating expenses (after the repayment is taken into account) to exceed both (1) the expense cap in place when such amounts were waived or reimbursed and (2) the Fund’s current expense limitation.
Advisory Fees and Fee Waivers or Reimbursements. For the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) the Fund paid advisory fees and received waivers and/or reimbursements as shown in the following table. 
Fund
Date of Fiscal Period End
Gross Advisory Fee Paid
Fees Waived/Recouped
Dynamic Large Cap Growth
Fund (formerly, Growth
Opportunities Fund)
3/31/2022
3/31/2023
3/31/2024
$1,290,098
$ 961,312
$1,006,107
$174,803
$ 180,651
$ 204,941
25

THE SUB-ADVISeR AND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
The Adviser has selected a sub-adviser (“Sub-Adviser”) to manage all or a portion of the Fund’s assets, as determined by the Adviser. The Sub-Advisers make the investment decisions for the Fund assets allocated to them, and continuously review, supervise and administer a separate investment program, subject to the oversight of, and policies established by, the Board.
The sub-advisory agreement provides that a Sub-Adviser shall not be protected against any liability to the Trust or its shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on its part in the performance of its duties, or from reckless disregard of its obligations or duties thereunder.
For its services, the Sub-Adviser receives a fee from the Adviser with respect to each Fund that it sub-advises. As described in the prospectus, the Sub-Adviser receives sub-advisory fees with respect to each Fund that it sub-advises. Each Sub-Adviser’s fee with respect to each Fund is accrued daily and paid monthly, based on the Fund’s average net assets allocated to the Sub-Adviser during the current month.
The Adviser pays sub-advisory fees to the Sub-Adviser from its advisory fee. The compensation of any officer, director, or employee of the Sub-Adviser who is rendering services to a Fund is paid by the Sub-Adviser. For the three most recent fiscal years ended March 31, 2023, 2024 and 2025 the Sub-Adviser received the following sub-advisory fees: 
Fund
Date of Fiscal Period End
Sub-Advisory Fees Paid
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund(1)
(formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund)
3/31/2022
3/31/2023
3/31/2024
$774,059
$576,787
$604,885
(1) On May 9, 2025, the Adviser entered into a new sub-advisory agreement with Los Angeles Capital Management with respect to the Fund. Prior to this date, the Fund was sub-advised by another sub-advisor pursuant to a separate sub-advisory agreement.
The following charts list the Fund’s portfolio managers (i) the number of their other managed accounts per investment category: (ii) the number of and total assets of such other investment accounts managed where the advisory fee is based on the performance of the account: and (iii) their beneficial ownership in their managed Fund(s) at the end of the March 31, 2025 fiscal year. Listed below the charts applicable to each Sub-Adviser’s group of portfolio managers is (i) a description of each portfolio manager’s compensation structure as of March 31, 2025, and (ii) a description of any material conflicts that may arise in connection with each portfolio manager’s management of the Fund’s investments and the investments of the other accounts included in the chart and any material conflicts in allocation of investment opportunities between the Fund and other accounts managed by each portfolio manager as of March 31, 2025.
Sub-Adviser Control. This section presents the Sub-Adviser’s control persons.
●
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Fund. Los Angeles Capital’s majority owner is LACM Holdings Inc. (“LACM Holdings”), which owns over 95% of the Firm. Thomas D. Stevens and Hal W. Reynolds are the principal owners of LACM Holdings. The other owners of LACM Holdings are employees of the Firm.
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
Sub-Adviser: Los Angeles Capital 
 
Portfolio Manager/Types of Accounts
Total
Number
of Other
Accounts
Managed
Total
Other
Assets
Number
of Other
Accounts
Managed
subject
to a
Performance
Based
Advisory
Fee
Total Other
Assets
Managed
subject to a
Performance
Based
Advisory
Fee
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA
 
 
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
17
$8,896,026,501
1
$4,850,170,929
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
22
$12,870,270,974
5
$1,914,976,356
Other Accounts
38
$6,332,449,350
9
$3,023,051,834
Ed Rackham, Ph.D.
 
 
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
1
$53,289,862
0
$0
26

 
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
0
$0
0
$0
Other Accounts
7
$6,873,587
0
$0
Daniel Arche
 
 
 
 
Registered Investment Companies
10
$3,598,004,991
0
$0
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles
8
$3,577,014,660
3
$1,491,678,787
Other Accounts
15
$2,116,960,518
1
$22,802,275
Compensation. Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers participate in a competitive compensation program that is aimed at attracting and retaining talented employees with an emphasis on disciplined risk management, ethics and compliance-centered behavior. No component of Los Angeles Capital’s compensation policy or payment scheme is tied to the performance of one or more client portfolios or funds.
Each Los Angeles Capital portfolio manager receives a base salary fixed from year to year. In addition, the portfolio managers participate in Los Angeles Capital’s profit sharing plan. The aggregate amount of the contribution to Los Angeles Capital’s profit sharing plan is based on overall Firm profitability with amounts paid to individual employees based on their relative overall compensation up to applicable legal limits. Each portfolio manager also is an equity holder of the Firm and receives compensation based upon Los Angeles Capital’s overall profits. Dr. Rackham and Mr. Arche are also eligible to receive a discretionary bonus from the Firm.
Conflicts of interest. Los Angeles Capital has adopted policies and procedures, including brokerage and trade allocation policies and procedures, which the Firm believes are reasonably designed to manage, monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Procedures adopted by Los Angeles Capital seek to treat all clients fairly and equally over time and to mitigate conflicts among accounts. Client accounts are managed independent of one another in accordance with client specific mandates, restrictions, and instructions as outlined in the investment management agreement, and such restrictions and instructions are monitored for compliance with the client’s investment guidelines.
Side-by-side management can result in investment positions or actions taken for one client account that differ from those taken in another client account, in situations where trades in one account closely precede transactions in the same securities in a different account, or in situations where clients receive different execution prices when trading the same security but at different times. Conversely, Los Angeles Capital could hold a long position in an account while at the same time taking a short position on the same issuer in another account. These situations occur due to differences in the risk and guideline constraints and exposures governing a client’s account in comparison to the other accounts managed by the Firm. In addition, as a result of the liquidity characteristics of the securities within certain strategies, larger accounts could require extended trading horizons and experience lower completion rates on orders, higher transaction costs, and reduced performance when compared to smaller accounts in the same strategy. Additionally, certain accounts, including Firm proprietary accounts, could trade more frequently than other accounts, creating more competition between and among client accounts, which can result in increased transaction costs, decreased liquidity in an investment, and/or impacts on the security price. These positions and actions can adversely affect or benefit different clients at different times.
Los Angeles Capital manages client accounts that have different investment strategies, objectives, restrictions, constraints, launch dates, and overlapping benchmark constituents. Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account. However, simultaneously purchasing and selling the same security in the same account without the intent to take a bona fide market position (“wash trades”) is prohibited. Additionally, it is possible for the Firm to purchase or sell the same security for different accounts during the same trading day but at differing execution prices. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage. Client accounts also have different account trading strategies that include, but are not limited to, varying the frequency and order of account rebalances (e.g. weekly, semi-monthly, monthly or quarterly), varying the grouping of accounts or markets to be traded within accounts on a particular day (e.g. trading U.S. accounts before global accounts or rotating weeks between strategies), varying account turnover, aggregating trades lists, aggregating specific names within trade lists, varying names traded as a block, using third-party algorithms, using limit-orders, and adjusting executing broker trade strategy instructions. Los Angeles Capital reserves the right to explore trading strategies, methods and processes to further its best execution mandate for client accounts. Given these customizations and differences, it is possible that Los Angeles Capital may be purchasing or holding a security for one account and simultaneously selling the same security for another account.
The decision as to which accounts participate in an investment opportunity will take into account, among other things, Los Angeles Capital’s Model outlook on the account’s strategy, the account’s investment guidelines, and risk metrics. Global accounts orders are sent to the market simultaneously subject to prevailing market conditions, client flows, and liquidity.
While each client account is managed individually, with trade allocation determined prior to placing each trade with the broker, Los Angeles Capital may, at any given time, purchase or sell the same security in a block that is allocated amongst multiple accounts. Los Angeles Capital will generally execute transactions for clients on an aggregate basis when it believes that doing so would allow it to obtain best execution and remain consistent with the account’s investment guidelines. As such, Los Angeles Capital from time to time
27

evaluates account trade lists for sizeable or potentially illiquid transactions that may be aggregated among several concurrent account rebalances. There are a number of variables that can influence a decision to aggregate purchases or sales into a block, including but not limited to, order size, liquidity, client trading directives, regulatory limitations, round lot requirements, and cash flows. When there is decision making on whether to include or exclude certain accounts from a block transaction, there is always the potential for conflicts of interest. Furthermore, the effect of trade aggregation may work on some occasions to the account’s disadvantage. Los Angeles Capital’s policies and procedures in allocating trades are structured to treat all clients fairly. Los Angeles Capital is not required to aggregate any particular trade. For example, an account with directed brokerage may not participate in certain block trades. The implementation of portfolio decisions is decided without consideration of the Firm’s (or any of its personnel’s) pecuniary investment, or other financial interests, including without consideration of the different fees or compensation the Firm receives from clients. Furthermore, Los Angeles Capital does not invest the assets of separately managed client accounts in commingled funds sponsored by Los Angeles Capital.
Los Angeles Capital reserves the right to explore trade strategies, methods, and processes to further its best execution mandate for client accounts.
Los Angeles Capital has designed a proprietary Brokerage Allocation Randomization system for purposes of objectively pairing which broker to use when executing an account’s transactions based on regional market eligibility/suitability characteristics, as well as perceived execution capability of the broker in such regional markets. Los Angeles Capital’s proprietary accounts using trading or portfolio management strategies that are utilized by other clients are primarily invested in liquid, benchmark securities and may be traded in rotation with client accounts or on a particular day of the week depending on liquidity, size, model constraints, and resource constraints. The order of account rebalances may work on some occasions to the account’s advantage or disadvantage.
Los Angeles Capital’s portfolio managers manage accounts that are charged a performance-based fee alongside accounts in the same strategy with asset-based fee schedules. While performance-based fee arrangements may be viewed as creating an incentive to favor certain accounts over others in the allocation of investment opportunities, Los Angeles Capital has policies and procedures reasonably designed to monitor and prevent the Firm from inappropriately favoring one account over another. Management and performance fees inure to the benefit of Los Angeles Capital as a whole and not to specific individuals or groups of individuals. Further, Los Angeles Capital employs a quantitative investment process, which utilizes the Firm’s proprietary investment model technology to identify securities that will be used to construct a portfolio.
Los Angeles Capital has adopted a Code of Ethics that includes procedures on ethical conduct and personal trading and requires pre-clearance authorization from both the Trading and Compliance and Regulatory Risk Departments for certain personal security transactions. Nonetheless, because the Code of Ethics in some circumstances would permit employees to invest in the same securities as clients, there is a possibility that employees might benefit from market activity by a client in a security held by an employee. Employee trading is monitored under the Code of Ethics, and is designed to reasonably identify and prevent conflicts of interest between Los Angeles Capital and its clients.
Investment personnel of Los Angeles Capital or its affiliate may be permitted to be commercially or professionally involved with an issuer of securities. There is a potential risk that Los Angeles Capital personnel may place their own interests (resulting from outside employment/directorships) ahead of the interests of Los Angeles Capital clients.
Before engaging in any outside business interest, employees must obtain approval of the CCO as well as other personnel. Any potential conflicts of interest from such involvement are monitored for compliance with Los Angeles Capital’s Code of Ethics. The Code of Ethics also governs employees giving or accepting gifts and entertainment.
Ownership of Shares of the Fund. The following table indicates for the Fund, the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by the portfolio managers as of March 31, 2025: 
 
Dollar Range of Beneficial Ownership
Portfolio Manager
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
Hal W. Reynolds, CFA
None
Ed Rackham, Ph.D.
None
Daniel Arche, CFA
None
THE ADMINISTRATOR
The Adviser entered into an Administration Agreement with the Trust, whereby the Adviser is responsible for: supplying executive and regulatory compliance services; supervising the preparation of tax returns; coordinating the preparation of reports to shareholders and reports to, and filings with, the Securities and Exchange Commission and state securities authorities, as well as materials for meetings of the Board of Trustees; calculating the daily NAV per share; and maintaining the financial books and records of each Fund.
For its services, the Adviser’s annual administrative fee is:
28

●
0.145% on the first $20 billion of the aggregate average daily net assets;
●
0.11% on the next $10 billion of aggregate average daily net assets;
●
0.09% on the next $10 billion of aggregate average daily net assets; and
●
0.07% on the aggregate average daily net assets over $40 billion.
The fee is computed and allocated among the Touchstone Fund Complex on the basis of relative daily net assets.
The Adviser has engaged BNY Mellon as the sub-administrative and transfer agent to the Trust. BNY Mellon provides administrative, accounting and transfer agent services to the Trust and is compensated directly by the Adviser, not the Trust. (See “Transfer and Sub-Administrative Agent” in this SAI.)
The following table shows administration fees incurred by the Funds listed below for the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) ended March 31. 
Fund
Date of Fiscal Period End
Administration Fees Paid
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
(formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund)
3/31/2022
3/31/2023
3/31/2024
$223,043
$176,172
$184,257
TOUCHSTONE SECURITIES
Touchstone Securities, Inc., the Funds’ principal underwriter, (“Touchstone Securities” or the “Distributor”), and the Trust are parties to a distribution agreement (“Distribution Agreement”) with respect to the Funds. The Distributor’s principal place of business is 303 Broadway, Suite 1100, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202. The Distributor is a registered broker-dealer, and an affiliate of the Adviser by reason of common ownership. The Distributor is obligated to sell shares on a best efforts basis only against purchase orders for the shares. Shares of each Fund are offered to the public on a continuous basis. The Distributor currently allows concessions to dealers who sell shares of the Funds. The Distributor retains that portion of the sales charge that is not re-allowed to dealers who sell shares of a Fund. The Distributor retains the entire sales charge on all direct initial investments in a Fund and on all investments in accounts with no designated dealer of record.
The table below sets forth the aggregate underwriting commissions on sales of the Funds and the amounts of underwriting commissions retained by the Distributor for the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) ended March 31.
The Distributor retains the contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) on redemptions of shares of the Funds that are subject to such CDSC. The following table shows the amounts retained from CDSCs for the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) ended March 31. 
Fund
Date of
Fiscal
Period
End
Aggregate
Underwriting
Commissions
on Sales
Amount
Retained in
Underwriting
Commissions
CDSC
Retained by
Distributor
 
 
 
 
Class A
Class C
Dynamic Large Cap
Growth Fund
3/31/2022
3/31/2023
3/31/2024
$22,973
$13,433
$17,007
$2,144
$1,065
$1,371
$ —
$ —
$ —
$ —
$12
$10
Ms. McGruder may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Distributor because she is a Director of the Distributor and an officer of affiliates of the Distributor. Mr. Moore may be deemed to be an affiliate of the Distributor because he is an officer of the Distributor. Ms. McGruder and Mr. Moore, by reason of such affiliation, may directly or indirectly be deemed to receive benefits from the underwriting fees paid to the Distributor.
The Distribution Agreement shall remain in effect for a period of two years after the effective date of the agreement and is renewable annually thereafter. The Distribution Agreement may be terminated as to any Fund at any time by (i) the Trust, (a) by the vote of a majority of the Trustees of the Trust who are not “interested persons” of the Trust or the Distributor, (b) by vote of the Board of the Trust, or (c) by the “vote of majority of the outstanding voting securities” of the Fund, or (ii) by the Distributor, in any case without payment of any penalty on not more than 60 days’ nor less than 30 days’ written notice to the other party. The Distribution Agreement shall also automatically terminate in the event of its assignment.
29

Touchstone Securities may pay from its own resources cash bonuses or other incentives to selected dealers in connection with the sale of shares of the Funds. On some occasions, such bonuses or incentives may be conditioned upon the sale of a specified minimum dollar amount of the shares of the Funds or other funds in the Touchstone Fund Complex during a specific period of time. Such bonuses or incentives may include financial assistance to dealers in connection with conferences, sales or training programs for their employees, seminars for the public, advertising, sales campaigns, and other dealer-sponsored programs or events. The Adviser, at its expense, may also provide additional compensation to certain affiliated and unaffiliated dealers, financial intermediaries or service providers for distribution, administrative or shareholder servicing activities. The Adviser may also reimburse the Distributor for making these payments.
Touchstone Securities, at its expense, may provide additional compensation to financial intermediaries which sell or arrange for the sale of shares of the Touchstone Funds. Other compensation may be offered to the extent not prohibited by federal or state laws or any self-regulatory agency, such as the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”).
Touchstone Securities makes payments for entertainment events it deems appropriate, subject to its guidelines and applicable law. These payments may vary depending upon the nature of the event or the relationship. As of March 31, 2025, the Distributor anticipates that the following broker-dealers or their affiliates will receive additional payments as described in the Funds’ prospectus and SAI: 
Name of Broker-Dealer
American Enterprise Investment Services, Inc.
Equity Services Inc.
Great West Life & Annuity Insurance Company
Janney Montgomery Scott LLC
LPL Financial Corporation
Merrill Lynch Pierce Fenner & Smith, Inc.
Morgan Stanley Wealth Management
National Financial Services LLC
Pershing LLC
PNC Investments, LLC
Principal Life Insurance Company
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
UBS Financial Services, Inc.
Waddell & Reed, Inc.
Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC
Touchstone Securities is motivated to make payments to the broker-dealers described above because they promote the sale of Fund shares and the retention of those investments by clients of financial advisers. To the extent financial advisers sell more shares of the Funds or retain shares of the Funds in their clients’ accounts, the Adviser benefits from the incremental management and other fees paid to the Adviser by the Funds with respect to those assets.
Your financial intermediary may charge you additional fees or commissions other than those disclosed in this SAI. You can ask your financial intermediary about any payments it receives from Touchstone Securities or the Funds, as well as about fees or commissions it charges. You should consult disclosures made by your financial adviser at the time of purchase.
The Funds may compensate dealers, including the Distributor and its affiliates, based on the average balance of all accounts in the Funds for which the dealer is designated as the party responsible for the account.
The Adviser recommends that the Funds utilize the Dreyfus Government Cash Management Fund - Institutional Shares (the “Dreyfus Fund”) as the cash sweep vehicle for the excess cash of the Funds. Touchstone Securities receives a fee based on a percentage of average daily net assets of the Touchstone Funds invested in the Dreyfus Fund from BNY Mellon Securities Corporation, the distributor of the Dreyfus Fund, for providing certain support services, including monitoring and due diligence. The payment of compensation by BNY Mellon Securities Corporation creates a conflict of interest because the Adviser is incentivized to recommend the Dreyfus Fund over other investment options for which it or its affiliates are not similarly compensated.
Distribution Plans and Shareholder Service Arrangements
Certain Funds have adopted a distribution or shareholder-servicing plan for certain classes of shares which permits a Fund to pay for expenses incurred in the distribution and promotion of its shares pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act as well as account maintenance and other shareholder services in connection with maintaining such an account. Touchstone Securities may provide those services itself or enter into arrangements under which third parties provide such services and are compensated by the Distributor.
30

Class A Shares. With respect to its Class A shares, the Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the “Class A Plan”) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for distribution payments. Of the total compensation authorized, the Fund may pay for shareholder services in an amount up to 0.25%.
Class C Shares. With respect to its Class C shares, the Fund has adopted a plan of distribution and shareholder service (the “Class C Plan” and, together with the Class A Plan, the “Plans”) under which the Distributor is paid up to, but not exceeding, one hundred basis points (1.00%) in the aggregate, with up to twenty-five basis points (0.25%) for shareholder service fees and up to seventy-five basis points (0.75%) for distribution payments.
General Information. In connection with the distribution of shares, the Distributor may use the payments for: (i) compensation for its services in distribution assistance; or (ii) payments to financial institutions and intermediaries such as banks, savings and loan associations, insurance companies, investment counselors, broker-dealers, mutual fund supermarkets and the Distributor’s affiliates and subsidiaries as compensation for services or reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with distribution assistance.
In addition, the Distributor may use payments to provide or enter into written agreements with service providers who will provide shareholder services, including: (i) maintaining accounts relating to shareholders that invest in shares; (ii) arranging for bank wires; (iii) responding to client inquiries relating to the services performed by the Distributor or service providers; (iv) responding to inquiries from shareholders concerning their investment in shares; (v) assisting shareholders in changing dividend options, account designations and addresses; (vi) providing information periodically to shareholders showing their position in shares; (vii) forwarding shareholder communications from the Funds such as proxies, shareholder reports, annual reports, dividend distribution and tax notices to shareholders; (viii) processing purchase, exchange and redemption requests from shareholders and placing orders with the Funds or the service providers; (ix) processing dividend payments from the Funds on behalf of shareholders; and (x) providing such other similar services as a Fund may reasonably request.
Agreements implementing the Plans (the “Implementation Agreements”), including agreements with dealers wherein such dealers agree for a fee to act as agents for the sale of the Funds’ shares, are in writing and have been approved by the Board. All payments made pursuant to the Plans are made in accordance with written Implementation Agreements. Some financial intermediaries charge fees in excess of the amounts available under the Plans, in which case the Adviser pays the additional fees.
The continuance of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements must be specifically approved at least annually by a vote of the Board and by a vote of the Independent Trustees who have no direct or indirect financial interest in the Plans or any Implementation Agreement at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such continuance. A Plan may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund or the applicable class of a Fund. In the event a Plan is terminated in accordance with its terms, the affected Fund (or class) will not be required to make any payments for expenses incurred by the Distributor after the termination date. Each Implementation Agreement terminates automatically in the event of its assignment and may be terminated at any time by a vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of a Fund (or the applicable class) on not more than 60 days’ written notice to any other party to the Implementation Agreement. The Plans may not be amended to increase materially the amount to be spent for distribution without shareholder approval. All material amendments to the Plans must be approved by a vote of the Trust’s Board and by a vote of the Independent Trustees.
In approving the Plans, the Trustees determined, in the exercise of their business judgment and in light of their fiduciary duties as Trustees, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Plans will benefit the Funds and their shareholders. The Board believes that expenditure of the Funds’ assets for distribution expenses under the Plans should assist in the growth of the Funds, which will benefit each Fund and its shareholders through increased economies of scale, greater investment flexibility, greater portfolio diversification, and less chance of disruption of planned investment strategies. The Plans will be renewed only if the Trustees make a similar determination for each subsequent year of the Plans. There can be no assurance that the benefits anticipated from the expenditure of the Funds’ assets for distribution will be realized. While the Plans are in effect, all amounts spent by the Funds pursuant to the Plans and the purposes for which such expenditures were made must be reported quarterly to the Board for its review. Distribution expenses attributable to the sale of more than one class of shares of a Fund will be allocated at least annually to each class of shares based upon the ratio in which the sales of each class of shares bears to the sales of all the shares of the Fund. In addition, the selection and nomination of those Trustees who are not interested persons of the Trust are committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees during such period.
Jill T. McGruder and E. Blake Moore, Jr., as interested persons of the Trust, may be deemed to have a financial interest in the operation of the Plans and the Implementation Agreements.
31

The Funds paid the following in distribution and shareholder servicing fees for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024: 
 
12b-1 Plan Expenses
Fund
Printing and Mailing
Distribution Services
Compensation
to Broker Dealers
Compensation
to Sales Personnel
Service Providers
Total
Dynamic Large Cap
Growth Fund
Class A
Class C
$80
$2
$52,160
$3,414
$79,490
$7,544
$4,373
$189
$ -
$ -
$136,103
$11,149
BROKERAGE TRANSACTIONS
Decisions to buy and sell securities for the Funds and the placing of the Funds’ securities transactions and negotiation of commission rates where applicable are made by the Sub-Advisers and are subject to oversight by the Adviser and the Board. In the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, the sub-adviser’s primary objective will be to obtain the most favorable price and execution for a Fund, taking into account such factors as the overall direct net economic result to a Fund (including commissions, which may not be the lowest available but ordinarily should not be higher than the generally prevailing competitive range), the financial strength and stability of the broker, the efficiency with which the transaction will be effected, the ability to effect the transaction at all where a large block is involved and the availability of the broker or dealer to stand ready to execute possibly difficult transactions in the future.
Each sub-adviser is specifically authorized, subject to certain limitations, to pay a trading commission to a broker who provides research services that is higher than the amount of trading commission another broker would have charged for the same transaction. This excess commission recognizes the additional research services rendered by the broker, but only if the sub- adviser determines in good faith that the excess commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the research services provided and that a Fund derives or will derive a reasonably significant benefit from such research services.
Research services include securities and economic analyses, reports on issuers’ financial conditions and future business prospects, newsletters and opinions relating to interest trends, general advice on the relative merits of possible investment securities for the Funds and statistical services and information with respect to the availability of securities or purchasers or sellers of securities. Although this information is useful to the Funds and the sub-advisers, it is not possible to place a dollar value on it. Research services furnished by brokers through whom a Fund effects securities transactions may be used by the sub-adviser in servicing all of its accounts and not all such services may be used by the Sub-Adviser in connection with a Fund.
The Funds have no obligation to deal with any broker or dealer in the execution of securities transactions. However, the Funds may execute securities transactions on a national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter market conducted on an agency basis. A Fund will not execute any brokerage transactions in its portfolio securities with an affiliated broker if such transactions would be unfair or unreasonable to its shareholders. Over-the-counter transactions will be placed either directly with principal market makers or with broker-dealers. Although the Funds do not anticipate any ongoing arrangements with other brokerage firms, brokerage business may be transacted with other firms. Affiliated broker-dealers of the Trust will not receive reciprocal brokerage business as a result of the brokerage business transacted by the Funds with other brokers. The Funds may direct transactions to certain brokers in order to reduce brokerage commissions through commission recapture programs offered by Frank Russell Securities, Inc. and Cowen and Company LLC.
In certain instances, there may be securities that are suitable for a Fund as well as for one or more of the respective sub- adviser’s other clients. The sub-adviser makes investment decisions for a Fund and for its other clients to achieve their respective investment objectives. The sub-adviser may buy or sell a particular security for one client even though it is buying, selling, or holding the same security for another client. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the sub-adviser will allocate the securities among clients in a fair and equitable manner. This system may detrimentally affect the price of a security purchased, sold, or held by the Fund, but this detrimental effect may be offset by a Fund’s ability to participate in volume transactions, which could lead to better executions for the Fund.
The Funds paid the following in aggregate brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions for the past three fiscal years ended March 31: 
 
Aggregate Brokerage Commissions
Fund
2022
2023
2024
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly Growth Opportunities Fund)
$50,508
$42,763
$39,415
32

During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, the amount of brokerage transactions and related commissions for the Funds directed to brokers due to research services provided were as follows: 
Fund
Amount of
Transactions
Directed to
Brokers
Providing
Research
Brokerage
Commissions
Related to
Transactions
Directed to
Brokers
Providing
Research
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly Growth Opportunities Fund)
$124,127,605
$34,545
The total amount of securities of regular broker-dealers held by each Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, was as follows: 
Fund
Broker/Dealer
Aggregate Value
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly Growth Opportunities Fund)
N/A
N/A
PROXY VOTING
The Fund has adopted the policies and procedures of its Sub-Adviser for voting proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Funds, including procedures used when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders and those of the Sub-Adviser or its affiliates. A copy or summary of each Sub-Adviser’s proxy voting policies is included in Appendix B. Information about how the Funds voted proxies relating to their portfolio securities during the most recent year ending June 30 is available by August 31st of that year without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1.800.543.0407, on the Touchstone website at TouchstoneInvestments.com and on the SEC’s website at sec.gov. Each Fund’s N-PX is available on the SEC’s website at sec.gov and on the Touchstone website at TouchstoneInvestments.com.
CODE OF ETHICS
The Trust has adopted a Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. In addition, the Adviser, the Sub-Adviser and Distributor have adopted Codes of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1. These Codes of Ethics apply to the personal investing activities of Trustees, officers, and certain employees (“access persons”). Rule 17j-1 and the Codes of Ethics are designed to prevent unlawful practices in connection with the purchase or sale of securities by access persons. Under each Code of Ethics, access persons are permitted to invest in securities (including securities that may be purchased or held by a Fund), but are required to report their personal securities transactions for monitoring purposes. In addition, certain access persons are required to obtain approval before investing in initial public offerings or private placements. Copies of these Codes of Ethics are on file with the SEC, and are available to the public.
Portfolio Turnover
A Fund’s portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the fiscal year by the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the fiscal year. High portfolio turnover involves correspondingly greater brokerage commissions and other transaction costs, which will be borne directly by the Fund. High turnover may result in a Fund recognizing greater amounts of income and capital gains, which would increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders and increase the amount of commissions paid by the Fund. A 100% turnover rate would occur if all of a Fund’s portfolio securities were replaced once within a one-year period. The rate of portfolio turnover will depend upon market and other conditions, and will not be a limiting factor when the Sub-Adviser believes that portfolio changes are appropriate. A Fund may engage in active trading to achieve its investment goals and, as a result, may have substantial portfolio turnover. 
 
Date of Fiscal Period End
Portfolio Turnover
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly Growth Opportunities Fund)
3/31/2023(1)
55
%
3/31/2024(1)
53
%
(1) Portfolio turnover excludes securities delivered from processing redemptions-in-kind.
33

DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS
The Touchstone Funds have adopted policies and procedures for disclosing the Funds’ portfolio holdings to any person requesting this information. These policies and procedures are monitored by the Board through periodic reporting by the Funds’ CCO. No compensation will be received by a Fund, the Adviser, any Sub-Adviser, or any other party in connection with the disclosure of information about portfolio securities.
The procedures prohibit the disclosure of portfolio holdings except under the following conditions:
1.
A request made by a Sub-Adviser for a Fund (or that portion of a Fund) that it manages.
2.
A request by executive officers of the Adviser for routine oversight and management purposes.
3.
For use in preparing and distributing routine shareholder reports, including disclosure to the Funds’ independent registered public accounting firm, typesetter, and printer. Routine shareholder reports are filed as of the end of each fiscal quarter with the SEC within 60 days after the quarter end and routine shareholder reports are distributed to shareholders within 60 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period. The Funds provide their full holdings to their independent registered public accounting firm annually, as of the end of their fiscal year, within one to ten business days after fiscal year end. The Funds provide their full holdings to their typesetter at least 50 days after the end of the calendar quarter. The Funds provide their full holdings to their printer at least 50 days after the applicable six-month semi-annual period.
4.
A request by service providers to fulfill their contractual duties relating to the Fund, subject to approval by the CCO.
5.
A request by a newly hired sub-adviser or sub-adviser candidate prior to the commencement of its duties to facilitate its transition as a new sub-adviser, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
6.
A request by a potential merger candidate for the purpose of conducting due diligence, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
7.
A request by a rating or ranking agency, subject to the conditions set forth in Item 8.
Other portfolio holdings disclosure policies of the Funds include:
●
The Funds provide their top ten holdings on their publicly available website and to market data agencies monthly, as of the end of a calendar month, generally within 15 days after month end.
●
The Funds provide their full holdings on their publicly available website and to market data agencies quarterly, as of the end of a calendar quarter, generally within 30 days after quarter end.
●
You may access this portfolio holdings information via the Funds’ public website at TouchstoneInvestments.com.
8.
The CCO may authorize disclosing non-public portfolio holdings to third parties more frequently or at different periods than as described above prior to when such information is made public, provided that certain conditions are met. The third-party must (i) specifically request in writing the more current non-public portfolio holdings, providing a reasonable basis for the request; (ii) execute an agreement to keep such information confidential, to only use the information for the authorized purpose, and not to use the information for their personal benefit; (iii) agree not to trade on such information, either directly or indirectly; and (iv) unless specifically approved by the CCO in writing, the non-public portfolio holdings are subject to a ten day time delay before dissemination. Any non-public portfolio holdings that are disclosed will not include any material information about a Fund’s trading strategies or pending portfolio transactions.
As of April 9, 2025, one or more Touchstone Funds discloses portfolio holdings information to the following parties based on ongoing arrangements:
●
eVestment Alliance, LLC
●
Bloomberg LP
●
Morningstar, Inc.
●
Style Analytics, Inc.
Employees of the Adviser and the Funds’ Sub-Advisers that are access persons under the Funds’ Code of Ethics have access to Fund holdings on a regular basis, but are subject to confidentiality requirements and trading prohibitions in the Code of Ethics. In addition, custodians of the Funds’ assets and the Funds’ accounting services agent, each of whose agreements contains a confidentiality provision (which includes a duty not to trade on non-public information), have access to the current Fund holdings on a daily basis.
The CCO is authorized to determine whether disclosure of a Fund’s portfolio securities is for a legitimate business purpose and is in the best interests of a Fund and its shareholders. Any conflict between the interests of shareholders and the interests of the Adviser, Touchstone Securities, or any affiliates, will be reported to the Board, which will make a determination that is in the best interests of shareholders.
34

DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE
The securities of each Fund are valued by the Adviser, which has been designated by the Trustees as the valuation designee for the Funds pursuant to Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act. The Adviser or its delegates may use independent pricing services to obtain valuations of securities. The pricing services rely primarily on prices of actual market transactions as well as on trade quotations obtained from third parties. Prices are generally determined using readily available market prices. If market prices are unavailable or believed to be unreliable, the Sub-Administrative Agent will initiate a process by which the Adviser’s Fair Value Committee will make a good faith determination as to the “fair value” of the security using procedures approved by the Trustees. The pricing services may use a matrix system to determine valuations of fixed income securities when market prices are not readily available. This system considers such factors as security prices, yields, maturities, call features, ratings and developments relating to specific securities in arriving at valuations. The procedures used by any such pricing service and its valuation results are reviewed by the Adviser, as the valuation designee. Some Funds may hold portfolio securities that are listed on foreign exchanges. Under certain circumstances, these investments may be valued under the Adviser’s fair value policies and procedures, such as when U.S. exchanges are open but a foreign exchange is closed.
Securities with remaining maturities of 60 days or less may be valued by the amortized cost method, which involves valuing a security at its cost on the date of purchase and thereafter (absent unusual circumstances) assuming a constant amortization of maturity of any discount or premium, provided such amount approximates market value.
DESCRIPTION OF SHARES
The Trust’s Declaration of Trust authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Funds and shares of each Fund. Each share of a Fund represents an equal proportionate interest in that Fund with each other share. Upon liquidation, shares are entitled to a pro rata share in the net assets of the Fund, after taking into account additional distribution and shareholder servicing expenses attributable to the Class. Shareholders have no preemptive rights. The Declaration of Trust provides that the Trustees of the Trust may create additional series of shares or separate classes of funds. All consideration received by the Trust for shares of any portfolio or separate class and all assets in which such consideration is invested would belong to that portfolio or separate class and would be subject to the liabilities related thereto. Share certificates representing shares will not be issued.
The Trust is an entity of the type commonly known as a Massachusetts business trust. The Trust’s Declaration of Trust states that neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust shall have any power to bind personally any shareholder, nor, except as specifically provided therein, to call upon any shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.
The Declaration of Trust provides that a Trustee shall be liable only for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of duties as a Trustee and, if reasonable care has been exercised in the selection of officers, agents, employees or investment advisers, shall not be liable for any neglect or wrongdoing of any such person. The Declaration of Trust also provides that the Trust will indemnify its Trustees and officers against liabilities and expenses incurred in connection with actual or threatened litigation in which they may be involved because of their offices with the Trust unless it is determined in the manner provided in the Declaration of Trust that they have not acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that their actions were in the best interests of the Trust. However, nothing in the Declaration of Trust shall protect or indemnify a Trustee against any liability for his or her willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties.
Each whole share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote. Shares issued by each Fund have no preemptive, conversion, or subscription rights. Voting rights are not cumulative. Each Fund, as a separate series of the Trust, votes separately on matters affecting only that Fund. Shareholders of each Class of each Fund will vote separately on matters pertaining solely to that Fund or that Class. The Trust is not required to hold annual meetings of shareholders, but approval will be sought for certain changes in the operation of the Trust and for the election of Trustees under certain circumstances.
In addition, a Trustee may be removed by the remaining Trustees or by shareholders at a special meeting called upon written request of shareholders owning at least 10% of the outstanding shares of the Trust. In the event that such a meeting is requested, the Trust will provide appropriate assistance and information to the shareholders requesting the meeting.
CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF THE TRUST'S BY-LAWS
Derivative Claims of Shareholders
The Trust’s Amended and Restated By-Laws (the “By-Laws”) contain provisions regarding derivative claims of shareholders. Under these provisions, a shareholder must make a pre-suit demand upon the Trustees to bring the subject action unless an effort to cause the Trustees to bring such an action is not likely to succeed. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a demand on the Trustees shall only be deemed not likely to succeed and therefore excused if a majority of the Board, or a majority of any committee of the Board established to consider the merits of such action, has a personal financial interest in the transaction at issue, and a Trustee shall not be deemed interested in a
35

transaction or otherwise disqualified from ruling on the merits of a shareholder demand by virtue of the fact that such Trustee receives remuneration for his service on the Board or on the boards of one or more Trusts that are under common management with or otherwise affiliated with the Trust.
Unless a demand is not required under the foregoing paragraph, the Trustees must be afforded a reasonable amount of time to consider such shareholder request and to investigate the basis of such claim. The Trustees shall be entitled to retain counsel or other advisers in considering the merits of the request and shall require an undertaking by the shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for the expense of any such advisers in the event that the Trustees determine not to bring such action. The foregoing provision relating to the requirement for an undertaking by shareholders making such request to reimburse the Trust for such expenses related to derivative actions does not apply to claims under Federal securities law, so long as the Federal securities laws supersede state law.
Forum for Adjudication of Disputes
The By-Laws provide that, unless the Trust consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Trust, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any Trustee, officer, or other employee of the Trust to the Trust or the Trust’s shareholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, (iv) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Declaration of Trust or the By-Laws, or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts or the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (each, a “Covered Action”). The By-Laws further provide that if any Covered Action is filed in a court other than the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts or the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (a “Foreign Action”) in the name of any shareholder, such shareholder shall be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts or the Superior Court of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the preceding sentence (an “Enforcement Action”) and (ii) having service of process made upon such shareholder in any such Enforcement Action by service upon such shareholder’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such shareholder.
The By-Laws provide that any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of beneficial interest of the Trust shall be (i) deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of the foregoing paragraph and (ii) deemed to have waived any argument relating to the inconvenience of the forums referenced above in connection with any action or proceeding described in the foregoing paragraph.
This forum selection provision may limit a shareholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with Trustees, officers or other agents of the Trust and its service providers, which may discourage such lawsuits with respect to such claims. If a court were to find the forum selection provision contained in the By-Laws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Trust may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions.
CHOOSING A CLASS OF SHARES
The Fund offers Class A, Class C, Class Y, Institutional Class and Class R6 shares.
The Funds participate in fund “supermarket” arrangements. In such an arrangement, a program is made available by a broker or other institution (a sponsor) that allows investors to purchase and redeem shares of the Funds through the sponsor of the fund supermarket. In connection with these supermarket arrangements, each Fund has authorized one or more brokers to accept on its behalf purchase and redemption orders. In turn, the brokers are authorized to designate other intermediaries to accept purchase and redemption orders on the Funds’ behalf. As such, a Fund will be deemed to have received a purchase or redemption order when an authorized broker or, if applicable, a broker’s authorized designee, accepts the order. The customer order will be priced at the Fund’s NAV next computed after acceptance by an authorized broker or the broker’s authorized designee. In addition, a broker may charge transaction fees on the purchase or sale of Fund shares. Also in connection with fund supermarket arrangements, the performance of a participating Fund may be compared in publications to the performance of various indices and investments for which reliable performance data is available and compared in publications to averages, performance rankings, or other information prepared by recognized mutual fund statistical services. The Funds’ annual report contains additional performance information and will be made available to investors upon request and without charge.
The Touchstone Funds are intended for sale to residents of the United States, and, with very limited exceptions, are not registered or otherwise offered for sale in other jurisdictions. The above restrictions are generally not applicable to sales in United States territories of Guam, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands or to diplomatic staff members or members of the U.S. military with an APO or FPO address outside of the U.S. Investors are responsible for compliance with tax, securities, currency exchange or other regulations applicable to redemption and purchase transactions in any state or jurisdiction to which they may be subject. Investors should consult with their financial intermediary and appropriate tax and legal advisers to obtain information on the rules applicable to these transactions.
36

The shares of the Funds may not be directly or indirectly offered or distributed in any country outside of the United States. If an investor becomes a resident of another jurisdiction after purchasing shares of the Touchstone Funds, the investor will not be able to purchase any additional shares of the Funds (other than reinvestment of dividends and capital gains) or exchange shares of the Touchstone Funds for other U.S. registered Touchstone Funds.
Class A Shares. For purchases of Class A shares of $1 million or more of Touchstone equity funds and subsequent purchases further increasing the size of a purchaser’s aggregate account value, participating dealers may receive compensation of up to 1.00% for equity funds (a “Finder’s Fee”). For these purposes, Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund, (formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund) is considered a “Touchstone equity fund.”
Touchstone Equity Funds 
Amount of Investment
Equity Fund Finder’s Fee
$1 million but less than $5 million
1.00
%
$5 million but less than $25 million
0.50
%
$25 million or more
0.25
%
The Distributor does not have an annual reset for Finder’s Fees. In determining a dealer’s eligibility for a Finder’s Fee, all purchases in the Touchstone Fund Complex may be aggregated for that individual shareholder in accordance with a Fund’s Rights of Accumulation Program. Please see the “Choosing a Class of Shares - Reduced Class A Sales Charge” and “Choosing a Class of Shares - Rights of Accumulation Program” sections in the Funds’ prospectus to determine whether accounts may be aggregated for purposes of determining eligibility for a Finder’s Fee. If a Finder’s Fee was paid to a participating dealer, that dealer is not eligible to receive 12b-1 fees on the shares that were used to generate the Finder’s Fee until they have aged for a period of one year. Additionally, if a Finder’s Fee was paid related to a purchase of Class A shares and those shares are redeemed within a year of their purchase, a contingent deferred sales charge (“CDSC”) of up to 1.00% will be charged on the redemption, limited by the amount of the finder’s fee that was paid. Dealers should contact the Distributor for more information on the calculation of the dealer’s commission in the case of combined purchases.
A dealer is eligible for a Finder’s Fee only if the dealer has not previously received a Finder’s Fee on the assets used to meet the required investment amount. Similarly, an exchange from any other Touchstone Fund will not qualify for a Finder’s Fee unless the dealer did not receive any compensation on those assets at the time of the initial investment. In all cases, Touchstone Securities reserves the right to deny payment of a Finder’s Fee if it reasonably believes such a fee has already been paid on those assets.
Class R6 Shares. No dealer compensation is paid from the sale of Class R6 shares of the Fund. Class R6 shares of the Fund are sold at NAV and do not pay a sales charge, Rule 12b-1 fee, impose a CDSC, or make payments to financial intermediaries/broker dealers for assisting the Distributor in promoting the sales of the Fund’s shares. In addition, neither the Fund nor its affiliates make any type of administrative, service, relationship, or revenue sharing payments in connection with Class R6 shares. An investor transacting in Class R6 shares may be required to pay a commission to a broker for effecting such transactions on an agency basis.
Exchanging Your Shares. Shareholders of one class of a fund may be eligible to exchange their shares for a different share class of the same fund, if offered in their state and such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution. Class Y shares may be available through financial institutions that have appropriate selling agreements with Touchstone Securities, or through financial intermediaries that purchase shares for their customers. No front-end sales charges will apply to any such exchange. However, if Class A or Class C share assets have been held less than 12 months and a 1% commission was paid to the broker dealer at the time of purchase, a CDSC of 1% may be assessed on the exchange transaction, which may be processed as a liquidation and a purchase. Shareholders must meet the required minimum investment amount for the receiving fund in order to process such a share class exchange, and if the share class is available for sale in their state and if such an exchange can be accommodated by their financial institution.
For federal income tax purposes, exchanges of one share class for a different share class of the same fund (even if processed as a liquidation and a purchase) should not result in the realization by the investor of a capital gain or loss. There can be no assurance of any particular tax treatment, however, and you are urged and advised to consult with your own tax adviser before entering into a share class exchange.
Automated Share Class Conversions. Effective June 30, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), Class C shares of each Fund automatically convert into Class A shares of the same Fund after they have been held for eight (8) years. The conversion is not considered a taxable event for federal income tax purposes. These automatic conversions are executed without any sales charge (including CDSCs), redemption or transaction fee, or other charge. After such a conversion takes place, the shares will be subject to all features, rights and expenses of Class A shares. If you hold Class C shares through certain financial intermediaries, such as an omnibus account or group retirement recordkeeping platform, your intermediary may not be able to track the amount of time you held your Class C shares purchased before June 30, 2020. In that case, Class C shares held prior to June 30, 2020 would convert to Class A shares eight (8) years after the Effective Date of this policy. In addition, Class C shares held through certain financial intermediaries may convert to Class A shares of the same Fund in a shorter time frame than shares purchased directly from the Fund. Please contact your financial intermediary for further information about its Class C shares to Class A shares conversion policy.
37

Financial intermediaries may convert shares in a customer or client’s account to a more expensive share class if prior to the conversion the intermediary determines that the higher priced share class is more suitable to the customer’s interests and the intermediary discloses any additional compensation to the customer, including revenue sharing arrangements with the Adviser or Distributor.
If a financial institution or intermediary (a “converting entity”) is initiating a share class conversion(s) for Touchstone Funds on a platform, then the converting entity should contact Touchstone Securities at least 60 days in advance and obtain Touchstone Securities’ approval of the share class conversion.
Additional Information on the CDSC. The CDSC is waived under the following circumstances:
Any partial or complete redemption following death or disability (as defined in the Code) of a shareholder (including one who owns the shares with his or her spouse as a joint tenant with rights of survivorship) from an account in which the deceased or disabled is named. Touchstone Securities may require documentation prior to waiver of the charge, including death certificates, physicians’ certificates, etc.
Redemptions from a systematic withdrawal plan. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed dollar amount or number of shares, systematic withdrawal redemptions are limited to no more than 10% of your account value or number of shares per year, as of the date the transfer agent receives your request. If the systematic withdrawal plan is based on a fixed percentage of your account value, each redemption is limited to an amount that would not exceed 10% of your annual account value at the time of withdrawal.
Redemptions from retirement plans qualified under Section 401 of the Code. The CDSC will be waived for benefit payments made by Touchstone directly to plan participants. Benefit payments will include, but are not limited to, payments resulting from death, disability, retirement, separation from service, required minimum distributions (as described under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code), in-service distributions, hardships, loans and qualified domestic relations orders. The CDSC waiver will not apply in the event of termination of the plan or transfer of the plan to another financial institution.
Redemptions that are mandatory withdrawals from a traditional IRA account after reaching the qualified age based on applicable IRS regulations.
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
General. The above mentioned CDSC waivers do not apply to Class A share redemptions made within one year of the date of purchase where a Finder’s Fee was paid by Touchstone Securities due to an investment in the Touchstone equity funds totaling $1 million or more or an investment of $500,000 or more Touchstone fixed income funds. All sales charges imposed on redemptions are paid to the Distributor. In determining whether the CDSC is payable, it is assumed that shares not subject to the CDSC are the first redeemed followed by other shares held for the longest period of time. The CDSC will not be imposed upon shares representing reinvested dividends or capital gains distributions, or upon amounts representing share appreciation.
CDSC for Certain Redemptions of Class A Shares. A CDSC is imposed upon certain redemptions of Class A shares of the Funds (or shares into which such Class A shares were exchanged) purchased at NAV due to an individual shareholder investment amount in the Touchstone Fund Complex of $1 million or more where a Finder’s Fee was paid by the Distributor and the shares were redeemed within one year from the date of purchase. The CDSC will be paid to the Distributor and will be equal to the commission percentage paid at the time of purchase as applied to the lesser of (1) the NAV at the time of purchase of the Class A shares being redeemed, or (2) the NAV of such Class A shares at the time of redemption. If a purchase of Class A shares is subject to the CDSC, you will be notified on the confirmation you receive for your purchase. Redemptions of such Class A shares of the Funds held for at least one year will not be subject to the CDSC.
Examples. The following example will illustrate the operation of the CDSC. Assume that you open an account and purchase 1,000 shares at $10 per share and that six months later the NAV per share is $12 and, during such time, you have acquired 50 additional shares through reinvestment of distributions. If at such time you should redeem 450 shares (totaling proceeds of $5,400), then 50 shares will not be subject to the charge because of dividend reinvestment. With respect to the remaining 400 shares, the charge is applied only to the original cost of $10 per share and not to the increase in NAV to $12 per share. Therefore, $4,000 of the $5,400 redemption proceeds will pay the charge. At the rate of 1.00%, the CDSC would be $40 for redemptions of Class C shares. In determining whether an amount is available for redemption without incurring a deferred sales charge, the purchase payments made for all shares in your account are aggregated
OTHER PURCHASE AND REDEMPTION INFORMATION
Waiver of Minimum Investment Requirements. The minimum and subsequent investment requirements for purchases in the Funds may not apply to:
1.
Any director, officer or other employee* (and their immediate family members**) of Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc. or any of its affiliates or any portfolio adviser or service provider to the Trust.
38

2.
Any employee benefit plan that is provided administrative services by a third-party administrator that has entered into a special service arrangement with Touchstone Securities.
Class R6 shares held on the Funds’ records require a $50,000 minimum initial investment and have a $50 subsequent investment minimum. Financial intermediaries may set different minimum initial and additional investment requirements, may impose other restrictions or may charge you fees for their services.
In addition, a Fund reserves the right to waive investment minimums in the case of significant extenuating circumstances.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charges***. In addition to the categories of purchasers described in the prospectus for whom the sales charge on purchases of Class A shares of the Funds may be waived, Class A shares issued or purchased in the following transactions are not subject to sales charges (and no concessions are paid by the Distributor on such purchases):
1.
Purchases into a Fund by any director, officer, employee* (and their immediate family members**), or current separate account client of or referral by a Sub-Adviser to that particular Fund;
2.
Purchases by any director, officer or other employee* (and their immediate family members**, as defined below) of Western & Southern Financial Group or any of its affiliates; and
3.
Purchases by any employees of BNY Mellon who provide services for the Touchstone Funds, Touchstone Advisors, or Touchstone Securities. Exemptions must be qualified in advance by the Distributor. At the option of the Trust, the front-end sales charge may be included on purchases by such persons in the future.
*
The term “employee” is deemed to include current and retired employees.
**
Immediate family members are defined as the parents, mother-in-law or father-in-law, spouse, brother or sister, brother-in-law or sister-in-law, son-in-law or daughter-in-law, nephew or niece and children of a registered representative or employee, and any other individual to whom the registered representative or employee provides material support.
***
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for Clients of Financial Intermediaries. Touchstone Securities has agreed to waive the Class A sales charge for clients of financial intermediaries as defined in the Appendix to each Funds’ prospectus. In addition to those firms included in the Appendix to the Prospectus, the following firms have entered into an agreement with Touchstone Securities to offer shares to self-directed investment brokerage accounts that may or may not charge a transaction fee to their customers:
●
Merrill Lynch
●
RBC Capital Markets Corporation
●
JP Morgan Securities
●
Morgan Stanley
●
Ameriprise Financial
●
Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.
●
Raymond James
●
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated
Please see Appendix A – Intermediary-Specific Sales Charge Waivers and Discounts in the prospectus for a description of variations in sales charges and waivers for Fund shares purchased through Ameriprise Financial, Edward D. Jones & Co., Janney Montgomery Scott LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Morgan Stanley, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Raymond James and Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Navellier Shareholders. Effective October 6, 2003, sales charges do not apply to Class A shares of the Non-US ESG Equity Fund purchased by former shareholders of the Navellier Performance Large Cap Growth Portfolio who are purchasing additional shares for their account or opening new accounts in the Non-US ESG Equity Fund.
Shareholders who owned shares of the Navellier International Growth Portfolio as of September 26, 2008 who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the front-end sales charge for purchases of Class A shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Constellation Shareholders. Shareholders who owned shares of the Trust as of November 17, 2006 who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the front-end sales charge for purchases of Class A shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
39

Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Bramwell Shareholders. Former shareholders of the Bramwell Growth Fund or the Bramwell Focus Fund, each a series of the Bramwell Funds, Inc., who in those funds’ 2006 reorganization received Class A shares of the Sentinel Capital Growth or Sentinel Growth Leaders Funds who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the front–end sales charge for purchases of Class A shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for former Citizens Shareholders. Former shareholders of the Citizens Funds, who in those funds' 2008 reorganization received shares of a Sentinel Fund who are purchasing additional shares for their accounts or opening new accounts in any Touchstone Fund are not subject to the front-end sales charge for purchases of Class A shares. If you are purchasing shares through a financial intermediary, you must notify the intermediary at the time of purchase that a purchase qualifies for a sales load waiver and you may be required to provide copies of account statements verifying your qualification.
Waiver of Class A Sales Charge for Former Shareholders of Sentinel Group Funds, Inc. Shareholders who received Class A shares of Touchstone Funds pursuant to the October 27, 2017 reorganization of their respective Sentinel Funds and whose Sentinel Fund account was established with a net asset value purchase privilege may purchase additional Class A shares of Touchstone Funds at net asset value, provided that such shareholders provide notice of such eligibility prior to or at the time of purchase.
Shareholders who are eligible for the sales charge waivers listed above may open an account with the Fund directly to receive the sales charge waiver.
Class Y Shares “Grandfather” Clause. New purchases of the Class Y shares are no longer available directly through Touchstone Securities. Those shareholders who owned Class Y shares purchased directly through Touchstone Securities prior to February 2, 2009, or those former Old Mutual shareholders who owned Class Z shares which became Class Y shares on April 16, 2012, or those former Fifth Third Mutual Fund Shareholders who owned Institutional Class shares which became Class Y shares on September 10, 2012 may continue to hold Class Y shares of the corresponding Fund(s). In addition, those shareholders may continue to make subsequent purchases into existing accounts of Class Y shares of the Fund(s) they owned prior to February 2, 2009, April 16, 2012, and September 10, 2012, respectively.
Purchases in-Kind. In limited circumstances and subject to the prior consent of the Fund, the Fund may accept payment for shares in securities. Shares may be purchased by tendering payment in-kind in the form of marketable securities, including but not limited to shares of common stock, provided the acquisition of such securities is consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment goal and is otherwise acceptable to the Adviser. Transactions of this type are generally a taxable transaction. Before purchasing shares by tendering payment in-kind, investors are urged and advised to consult with their own tax adviser regarding the tax consequences of such a transaction.
Redemptions in-Kind. Under unusual circumstances, when the Board deems it in the best interests of a Fund’s shareholders, the Fund may make payment for shares repurchased or redeemed in whole or in part in securities of the Fund taken at current value. Should payment be made in securities, the redeeming shareholder will bear the market risk until the securities are sold and the redeeming shareholder will generally incur brokerage costs and other costs in converting such securities to cash. Portfolio securities that are issued in an in-kind redemption will be readily marketable. The Trust has filed an irrevocable election with the SEC under Rule 18f-1 of the 1940 Act wherein the Funds are committed to pay redemptions in cash, rather than in-kind, to any shareholder of record of a Fund who redeems during any ninety-day period, the lesser of $250,000 or 1% of a Fund’s NAV at the beginning of such period. Redemptions in-kind are taxable for federal income tax purposes in the same manner as redemptions for cash. The Funds may also use redemption in-kind for certain Fund shares held by ReFlow.
Undeliverable Checks. Dividend and distribution checks issued from non-retirement accounts for less than $25 will be automatically reinvested in the Fund that pays them. If your redemption proceeds, dividend, or distribution check is returned as “undeliverable”, your account will be considered a lost shareholder account, correspondence will be sent to you requesting that you contact the Fund, and the outstanding payment will be deposited into an account for potential escheatment to your state of residence. If you contact the Fund and provide proper documentation to update the address on the account, the Fund will no longer consider your account to be a lost shareholder account, and your outstanding payment will be reissued to your corrected address. Also, if your dividend or distribution check is returned as “undeliverable”, your cash election will be changed automatically and future dividends will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the payable date.
Uncashed Checks. All uncashed checks on your account will appear with your monthly or quarterly statement for your convenience. If your redemption proceeds, dividend, or distribution check from a non-retirement account is not cashed within six months (an “outstanding payment”) and the account remains open, the outstanding payment on your account will be cancelled and the proceeds will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the date of cancellation, which may be higher or lower than the NAV at which your shares were initially redeemed. In addition, if the payment was for dividends or distributions, your cash election will be automatically changed and future dividends and distributions will be reinvested in the Fund at the per share NAV determined as of the payable date. For outstanding payments in retirement accounts, no action will be taken.
40

For redemption checks returned as “undeliverable”, the check will be voided and deposited into a lost shareholder account for the Fund. If the account holder contacts the Fund and provides proper documentation to update the address on the account, a check for the previously voided amount will be re-issued to the shareholder and sent to the new address of record.
Fund Shares Purchased by Check. We may delay the processing and payment of a redemption request for shares you recently purchased by check until your check clears, which may take up to 15 days. If you need your money sooner, you should purchase shares by bank wire.
Low Account Balances. (only applicable for shares held through Touchstone Securities directly). If your balance falls below the minimum amount required for your account, based on actual amounts you have invested (as opposed to a reduction from market changes), Touchstone Securities may sell your shares and send the proceeds to you. Touchstone Securities will notify you if your shares are about to be sold and you will have 30 days to increase your account balance to the minimum amount.
Facilitated Transfers. In the event an existing Touchstone shareholder wishes to move money between their Touchstone mutual fund account and a money market fund, Touchstone has partnered with The BNY Mellon Securities Corporation to help facilitate this type of transaction pursuant to certain limitations. Please contact Touchstone Shareholder Services at 1.800.543.0407 for more information if you are interested in pursuing this type of transaction.
DISTRIBUTIONS
A Fund’s dividends and other distributions are taxable to shareholders (other than retirement plans and other tax-exempt investors) whether received in cash or reinvested in additional shares of the Fund. A dividend or distribution paid by a Fund has the effect of reducing the NAV per share on the ex-dividend date by the amount of the dividend or distribution. A dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares by an investor would, therefore, represent, in substance, a return of capital to the shareholder with respect to such shares even though it would be subject to federal income taxes. For most shareholders, a statement will be sent to you within 45 days after the end of each year detailing the federal income tax status of your distributions.
Please see “Federal Income Taxes” below for more information on the federal income tax consequences of dividends and other distributions made by the Funds.
FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations affecting the Funds and their shareholders. This discussion is for general information only and does not purport to consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that might be relevant to beneficial owners of shares of the Funds. Therefore, the summary discussion that follows may not be considered to be individual tax advice and may not be relied upon by any shareholder. The summary is based upon current provisions of the Code, applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations (the “Regulations”), and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, which change could be retroactive, and may affect the conclusions expressed herein. The summary applies only to beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares in whose hands such shares are capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and may not apply to certain types of beneficial owners of a Fund’s shares, including, but not limited to insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares through tax-advantaged accounts (such as an individual retirement account (an “IRA”), a 401(k) plan account, or other qualified retirement account), financial institutions, pass-through entities, broker-dealers, entities that are not organized under the laws of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, persons who are neither a citizen nor resident of the United States, shareholders holding a Fund’s shares as part of a hedge, straddle or conversion transaction, and shareholders who are subject to the alternative minimum tax. Persons who may be subject to tax in more than one country should consult the provisions of any applicable tax treaty to determine the potential tax consequences to them.
No Fund has requested nor will any Fund request an advance ruling from the IRS as to the federal income tax matters described below. The IRS could adopt positions contrary to those discussed below and such positions could be sustained. In addition, the following discussion applicable to shareholders of a Fund addresses only some of the federal income tax considerations generally affecting investments in such Fund.
Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences of the ownership, purchase and disposition of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign, and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.
General. For federal income tax purposes, each Fund is treated as a separate corporation. Each Fund has elected, and intends to continue to qualify for, taxation as a regulated investment company (a “RIC”) under the Code. By qualifying as a RIC, a Fund (but not the shareholders) will not be subject to federal income tax on that portion of its investment company taxable income and realized net capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders.
Shareholders should be aware that investments made by a Fund, some of which are described below, may involve complex tax rules some of which may result in income or gain recognition by the Fund without the concurrent receipt of cash. Although each Fund seeks to avoid significant noncash income, such noncash income could be recognized by a Fund, in which case it may distribute cash derived from other
41

sources in order to meet the minimum distribution requirements described below. Cash to make the required minimum distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by its governing documents and other regulatory restrictions, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed.
Qualification as a Regulated Investment Company. Qualification as a RIC under the Code requires, among other things, that a Fund: (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from (i) dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures and forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and (ii) net income from interests in qualified publicly traded partnerships (together with (i), the “Qualifying Income Requirement”); (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year: (i) at least 50% of the value of its total assets is comprised of cash, cash items (including receivables), U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with those other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount that does not exceed 5% of the value of its total assets and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer; and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other RICs) of any one issuer or the securities (other than the securities of other RICs) of two or more issuers controlled by it and engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (together with (i) the “Diversification Requirement”); and (c) distribute for each taxable year at least the sum of (i) 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, taxable interest, taxable original issue discount income, market discount income, income from securities lending, net short-term capital gain in excess of net long-term capital loss, certain net realized foreign currency exchange gains, and any other taxable income other than “net capital gain” as defined below and is reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to any deduction for dividends paid; and (ii) 90% of its tax-exempt interest, if any, net of certain expenses allocable thereto (“net tax-exempt interest”) (together with (i), the “Distribution Requirement”).
Each Fund may use “equalization payments” in determining the portion of its net investment income and net realized capital gains that have been distributed. If a Fund elects to use equalization payments, it will allocate a portion of its investment income and capital gains to the amounts paid in redemption of Fund shares, and such income and gains will be deemed to have been distributed by the Fund for purposes of the distribution requirements described above. This may have the effect of reducing the amount of income and gains that the Fund is required to distribute to shareholders in order for the Fund to avoid federal income tax and excise tax and also may defer the recognition of taxable income by shareholders. This process does not affect the tax treatment of redeeming shareholders and, since the amount of any undistributed income and/or gains will be reflected in the value of the Fund’s shares, the total return on a shareholder’s investment will not be reduced as a result of the Fund’s distribution policy. The IRS has not published any guidance concerning the methods to be used in allocating investment income and capital gain to redemptions of shares. In the event that the IRS determines that a Fund is using an improper method of allocation and has under-distributed its net investment income or net realized capital gains for any taxable year, such Fund may be liable for additional federal income or excise tax or may jeopardize its treatment as a RIC.
The U.S. Treasury Department is authorized to promulgate regulations under which gains from foreign currencies (and options, futures, and forward contracts on foreign currency) would constitute qualifying income for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement only if such gains are directly related to the principal business of a Fund of investing in stock or securities or options and futures with respect to stock or securities. To date, the U.S. Treasury Department has not issued such regulations.
As a RIC, a Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders in any taxable year for which it distributes, in compliance with the Code’s timing and other requirements, at least the sum of 90% of its investment company taxable income (determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and 90% of its net tax-exempt interest. Each Fund may retain for investment all or a portion of its net capital gain (i.e., the excess of its net long-term capital gain over its net short-term capital loss). If a Fund retains any investment company taxable income or net capital gain, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If a Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed net capital gain in a notice to its shareholders, who will be (i) required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount; and (ii) entitled to credit their proportionate shares of tax paid by such Fund against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of the shares owned by a shareholder of a Fund will be increased by the amount of undistributed net capital gain included in the shareholder’s gross income and decreased by the federal income tax paid by the Fund on that amount of capital gain.
The Qualifying Income Requirement and Diversification Requirement that must be met under the Code in order for a Fund to qualify as a RIC, as described above, may limit the extent to which it will be able to engage in derivative transactions. Rules governing the federal income tax aspects of derivatives, including swap agreements, are not entirely clear in certain respects, particularly in light of two IRS revenue rulings issued in 2006. Revenue Ruling 2006-1 held that income from a derivative contract with respect to a commodity index is not qualifying income for a RIC. Subsequently, the IRS issued Revenue Ruling 2006-31 in which it stated that the holding in Revenue Ruling 2006-1 “was not intended to preclude a conclusion that the income from certain instruments (such as certain structured notes) that create a commodity exposure for the holder is qualifying income.” Accordingly, the Qualifying Income Requirement may limit each Fund’s ability to invest in commodity-related derivative transactions and other derivative transactions. Each Fund will account for any investments in commodity derivative transactions in a manner it deems to be appropriate; the IRS, however, might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of such Fund as a RIC might be jeopardized.
42

In general, for purposes of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above, income derived from a partnership is treated as qualifying income only to the extent such income is attributable to items of income of the partnership which would be qualifying income if realized directly by a RIC. However, all of the net income of a RIC derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership (defined as a partnership (x) the interests in which are traded on an established securities market or are readily tradable on a secondary market or the substantial equivalent thereof, and (y) that meets certain qualifying income requirements but derives less than 90% of its income from the qualifying income described in clause (i) of the Qualifying Income Requirement described above) will be treated as qualifying income. In general, such entities will be treated as partnerships for federal income tax purposes if they meet the passive income requirement under Section 7704(c)(2) of the Code. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership.
For purposes of the Diversification Requirement described above, the term “outstanding voting securities of such issuer” will include the equity securities of a qualified publicly traded partnership.
If a Fund fails to satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement or the Diversification Requirement in any taxable year, such Fund may be eligible for relief provisions if the failures are due to reasonable cause and not willful neglect and if a penalty tax is paid with respect to each failure to satisfy the applicable requirements. Additionally, relief is provided for certain de minimis failures to satisfy the Diversification Requirements where the Fund corrects the failure within a specified period of time. If the applicable relief provisions are not available or cannot be met, such Fund will fail to qualify as a RIC and will be subject to federal income tax in the same manner as an ordinary corporation at a tax rate of 21% and all distributions from earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles) to its shareholders will be taxable as ordinary dividend income eligible for the dividends-received deduction for corporate shareholders and for qualified dividend income treatment for non-corporate shareholders.
Excise Tax. If a Fund fails to distribute by December 31 of a calendar year an amount equal to the sum of (1) at least 98% of its taxable ordinary income (excluding capital gains and losses) for such year, (2) at least 98.2% of the excess of its capital gains over its capital losses (as adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the twelve month period ending on October 31 of such year, and (3) all taxable ordinary income and the excess of capital gains over capital losses for the prior year that were not distributed during such year and on which it did not pay federal income tax, such Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax (the “Excise Tax”) on the undistributed amounts. A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the calendar year if it is declared by a Fund in October, November, or December of that year to shareholders of record on a date in such month and paid by it during January of the following year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders (other than those not subject to federal income tax) in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received. Each Fund generally intends to actually distribute or be deemed to have distributed substantially all of its net income and gain, if any, by the end of each calendar year in compliance with these requirements so that it will generally not be required to pay the Excise Tax. A Fund may in certain circumstances be required to liquidate its investments in order to make sufficient distributions to avoid the Excise Tax liability at a time when its Adviser might not otherwise have chosen to do so. Liquidation of investments in such circumstances may affect the ability of a Fund to satisfy the requirements for qualification as a RIC. However, no assurances can be given that a Fund will not be subject to the Excise Tax and, in fact, in certain instances if warranted, a Fund may choose to pay the Excise Tax as opposed to making an additional distribution.
Capital Loss Carryforwards. For capital losses realized with respect to a tax year of a Fund that exceed the Fund’s capital gains for such year, the Fund may carry such excess capital losses forward indefinitely. The excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital losses over its net long-term capital gain is treated as short-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year and the excess of a Fund’s net long-term capital losses over its net short-term capital gain is treated as long-term capital losses arising on the first day of the Fund’s next taxable year. If carried forward capital losses offset future capital gains, such future capital gains are not subject to Fund-level federal income taxation, regardless of whether they are distributed to shareholders. A Fund cannot carry back or carry forward any net operating losses.
Original Issue Discount and Market Discount. A Fund may acquire debt securities that are treated as having original issue discount (“OID”) (generally a debt obligation with a purchase price less than its principal amount, such as a zero coupon bond). Generally, a Fund will be required to include the OID in income over the term of the debt security, even though it will not receive cash payments for such OID until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. A Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt securities having OID which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income. Inflation-protected bonds generally can be expected to produce OID income as their principal amounts are adjusted upward for inflation. The IRS may treat a portion of the OID includible in income with respect to certain high-yield corporate debt securities as a dividend for federal income tax purposes.
A debt security acquired in the secondary market by a Fund may be treated as having market discount if acquired at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with OID. The Fund’s market discount accrues ratably, on a daily basis, over the period from the date of acquisition to the date of maturity even though the Fund will not receive cash. Absent an election by a Fund to include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on its disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.
In addition, pay-in-kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though a Fund holding such securities receives no interest payments in cash on such securities during the year.
43

Each Fund generally will be required to make distributions to shareholders representing the income accruing on the securities, described above, that is currently includable in income, even though cash representing such income may not have been received by such Fund. Cash to pay these distributions may be obtained from sales proceeds of securities held by a Fund (even if such sales are not advantageous) or, if permitted by such Fund’s governing documents, through borrowing the amounts required to be distributed. In the event a Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution, if any, than they would have in the absence of such transactions.
Options, Futures and Forward Contracts. The writing (selling) and purchasing of options and futures contracts and entering into forward currency contracts, involves complex rules that will determine for federal income tax purposes the amount, character and timing of recognition of the gains and losses a Fund realizes in connection with such transactions.
Gains and losses on the sale, lapse, or other termination of options and futures contracts, options thereon and certain forward contracts (except certain foreign currency options, forward contracts and futures contracts) will generally be treated as capital gains and losses. Some regulated futures contracts, certain foreign currency contracts, and certain non-equity options (such as certain listed options or options on broad based securities indexes) held by a Fund (“Section 1256 contracts”), other than contracts on which it has made a “mixed-straddle election”, will be required to be “marked-to-market” for federal income tax purposes, that is, treated as having been sold at their market value on the last day of such Fund’s taxable year. These provisions may require a Fund to recognize income or gains without a concurrent receipt of cash. Any gain or loss recognized on actual or deemed sales of Section 1256 contracts will be treated as 60% long-term capital gain or loss and 40% short-term capital gain or loss, although certain foreign currency gains and losses from such contracts may be treated as ordinary income or loss as described below. Transactions that qualify as designated hedges are exempt from the mark-to-market rule, but may require a Fund to defer the recognition of losses on futures contracts, foreign currency contracts and certain options to the extent of any unrecognized gains on related positions held by it.
The tax provisions described above applicable to options, futures and forward contracts may affect the amount, timing, and character of a Fund’s distributions to its shareholders. For example, the Section 1256 rules described above may operate to increase the amount a Fund must distribute to satisfy the minimum distribution requirement for the portion treated as short-term capital gain which will be taxable to its shareholders as ordinary income, and to increase the net capital gain it recognizes, without, in either case, increasing the cash available to it. A Fund may elect to exclude certain transactions from the operation of Section 1256, although doing so may have the effect of increasing the relative proportion of net short-term capital gain (taxable as ordinary income) and thus increasing the amount of dividends it must distribute. Section 1256 contracts also may be marked-to-market for purposes of the Excise Tax.
When a covered call or put option written (sold) by a Fund expires such Fund will realize a short-term capital gain equal to the amount of the premium it received for writing the option. When a Fund terminates its obligations under such an option by entering into a closing transaction, it will realize a short-term capital gain (or loss), depending on whether the cost of the closing transaction is less than (or exceeds) the premium received when it wrote the option. When a covered call option written by a Fund is exercised, such Fund will be treated as having sold the underlying security, producing long-term or short-term capital gain or loss, depending upon the holding period of the underlying security and whether the sum of the option price received upon the exercise plus the premium received when it wrote the option is more or less than the basis of the underlying security.
Straddles. Section 1092 deals with the taxation of straddles which also may affect the taxation of options in which a Fund may invest. Offsetting positions held by a Fund involving certain derivative instruments, such as options, futures and forward currency contracts, may be considered, for federal income tax purposes, to constitute “straddles.” Straddles are defined to include offsetting positions in actively traded personal property. In certain circumstances, the rules governing straddles override or modify the provisions of Section 1256, described above. If a Fund is treated as entering into a straddle and at least one (but not all) of its positions in derivative contracts comprising a part of such straddle is governed by Section 1256, then such straddle could be characterized as a “mixed straddle.” A Fund may make one or more elections with respect to mixed straddles. Depending on which election is made, if any, the results with respect to a Fund may differ. Generally, to the extent the straddle rules apply to positions established by a Fund, losses realized by it may be deferred to the extent of unrealized gain in any offsetting positions. Moreover, as a result of the straddle rules, short-term capital loss on straddle positions may be characterized as long-term capital loss, and long-term capital gain may be characterized as short-term capital gain. In addition, the existence of a straddle may affect the holding period of the offsetting positions and cause such sales to be subject to the “wash sale” and “short sale” rules. As a result, the straddle rules could cause distributions that would otherwise constitute “qualified dividend income” to fail to satisfy the applicable holding period requirements, described below, and therefore to be taxed as ordinary income. Further, a Fund may be required to capitalize, rather than deduct currently, any interest expense and carrying charges applicable to a position that is part of a straddle. Because the application of the straddle rules may affect the character and timing of gains and losses from affected straddle positions, the amount which must be distributed to shareholders, and which will be taxed to shareholders as ordinary income or long-term capital gain, may be increased or decreased substantially as compared to the situation where a Fund had not engaged in such transactions.
44

In circumstances where a Fund has invested in certain pass-through entities, the amount of long-term capital gain that it may recognize from certain derivative transactions with respect to interests in such pass-through entities is limited under the Code’s constructive ownership rules. The amount of long-term capital gain is limited to the amount of such gain a Fund would have had if it directly invested in the pass-through entity during the term of the derivative contract. Any gain in excess of this amount is treated as ordinary income. An interest charge is imposed on the amount of gain that is treated as ordinary income.
Swaps and Derivatives. As a result of entering into swap or derivative agreements, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap or derivative is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or derivative or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap or derivative will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to a swap or derivative for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps or derivatives, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or derivatives or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps or derivatives to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.
Rules governing the tax aspects of swap or derivative agreements are not entirely clear in certain respects, in particular whether income generated is Qualifying Income. Accordingly, while each Fund intends to account for such transactions in a manner it deems appropriate, the IRS might not accept such treatment. If the IRS did not accept such treatment, the status of the Fund as a RIC might be adversely affected. The Funds intend to monitor developments in this area. Certain requirements that must be met under the Code in order for each Fund to qualify as a RIC may limit the extent to which a Fund will be able to engage in swap agreements and certain derivatives.
Constructive Sales. Certain rules may affect the timing and character of gain if a Fund engages in transactions that reduce or eliminate its risk of loss with respect to appreciated financial positions. If a Fund enters into certain transactions (including a short sale, an offsetting notional principal contract, a futures or forward contract, or other transactions identified in U.S. Treasury regulations) in property while holding an appreciated financial position in substantially identical property, it will be treated as if it had sold and immediately repurchased the appreciated financial position and will be taxed on any gain (but not loss) from the constructive sale. The character of gain from a constructive sale will depend upon a Fund’s holding period in the appreciated financial position. Loss from a constructive sale would be recognized when the position was subsequently disposed of, and its character would depend on a Fund’s holding period and the application of various loss deferral provisions of the Code.
In addition, if the appreciated financial position is itself a short sale, acquisition of the underlying property or substantially identical property by a Fund will be deemed a constructive sale. The foregoing will not apply, however, to a Fund’s transaction during any taxable year that otherwise would be treated as a constructive sale if the transaction is closed within 30 days after the end of that year and such Fund holds the appreciated financial position unhedged for 60 days after that closing (i.e., at no time during that 60-day period is such Fund’s risk of loss regarding the position reduced by reason of certain specified transactions with respect to substantially identical or related property, such as having an option to sell, being contractually obligated to sell, making a short sale or granting an option to buy substantially identical stock or securities).
Wash Sales. A Fund may in certain circumstances be impacted by special rules relating to “wash sales.” In general, the wash sale rules prevent the recognition of a loss by a Fund from the disposition of stock or securities at a loss in a case in which identical or substantially identical stock or securities (or an option to acquire such property) is or has been acquired by it within 30 days before or 30 days after the sale.
Short Sales. A Fund may make short sales of securities. Short sales may increase the amount of short-term capital gain realized by a Fund, which is taxed as ordinary income when distributed to its shareholders. Short sales also may be subject to the “Constructive Sales” rules, discussed above.
Tax Credit Bonds. If a Fund holds (directly or indirectly) one or more “tax credit bonds” (defined below) on one or more specified dates during a Fund’s taxable year, and it satisfies the minimum distribution requirement, it may elect for U.S. federal income tax purposes to pass through to shareholders tax credits otherwise allowable to it for that year with respect to such tax credit bonds. A tax credit bond is defined in the Code as a “qualified tax credit bond” (which includes a qualified forestry conservation bond, a new clean renewable energy bond, a qualified energy conservation bond, or a qualified zone academy bond, each of which must meet certain requirements specified in the Code), a “build America bond” (which includes certain qualified bonds issued before January 1, 2011) or certain other bonds specified in the Code. New tax credit bonds may not be issued after December 31, 2017. If a Fund were to make an election, a shareholder of such Fund would be required to include in gross income an amount equal to such shareholder’s proportionate share of the interest income attributable to such credits and would be entitled to claim as a tax credit an amount equal to a proportionate share of such credits. Certain limitations may apply on the extent to which the credit may be claimed.
Other Regulated Investment Companies. Generally, the character of the income or capital gains that a Fund receives from another investment company will pass through to the Fund’s shareholders as long as the Fund and the other investment company each qualify as RICs under the Code. However, to the extent that another investment company that qualifies as a RIC realizes net losses on its investments for a given taxable year, a Fund will not be able to recognize its share of those losses until it disposes of shares of such investment company. Moreover, even when a Fund does make such a disposition, a portion of its loss may be recognized as a long-term capital loss.
45

As a result of the foregoing rules, and certain other special rules, it is possible that the amounts of net investment income and net capital gains that a Fund will be required to distribute to shareholders will be greater than such amounts would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests, rather than investing in shares of the investment companies. For similar reasons, the character of distributions from a Fund (e.g., long-term capital gain, qualified dividend income, etc.) will not necessarily be the same as it would have been had the Fund invested directly in the securities held by the investment companies in which it invests.
Passive Foreign Investment Companies. A Fund may invest in a non-U.S. corporation, which could be treated as a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) or become a PFIC under the Code. A PFIC is generally defined as a foreign corporation that meets either of the following tests: (1) at least 75% of its gross income for its taxable year is income from passive sources (such as interest, dividends, certain rents and royalties, or capital gains); or (2) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, such passive income. If a Fund acquires any equity interest in a PFIC, such Fund could be subject to federal income tax and interest charges on “excess distributions” received with respect to such PFIC stock or on any gain from the sale of such PFIC stock (collectively “PFIC income”), even if such Fund distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in such Fund’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent it distributes that income to its shareholders. A Fund’s distributions of PFIC income will be taxable as ordinary income even though, absent the application of the PFIC rules, some portion of the distributions may have been classified as capital gain.
A Fund will not be permitted to pass through to its shareholders any credit or deduction for taxes and interest charges incurred with respect to a PFIC. Payment of this tax would therefore reduce a Fund’s economic return from its investment in PFIC shares. To the extent a Fund invests in a PFIC, it may elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” (“QEF”), then instead of the tax and interest obligation described above on excess distributions, such Fund would be required to include in income each taxable year its pro rata share of the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain. As a result of a QEF election, a Fund would likely have to distribute to its shareholders an amount equal to the QEF’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain to satisfy the Code’s minimum distribution requirement described herein and avoid imposition of the Excise Tax, even if the QEF did not distribute those earnings and gain to such Fund. In most instances it will be very difficult, if not impossible, to make this election because of certain requirements in making the election.
A Fund may elect to “mark-to-market” its stock in any PFIC. “Marking-to-market,” in this context, means including in ordinary income each taxable year the excess, if any, of the fair market value of the PFIC stock over such Fund’s adjusted basis therein as of the end of that year. Pursuant to the election, a Fund also may deduct (as an ordinary, not capital, loss) the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis in the PFIC stock over the fair market value thereof as of the taxable year-end, but only to the extent of any net mark-to-market gains with respect to that stock it included in income for prior taxable years under the election. A Fund’s adjusted basis in its PFIC stock subject to the election would be adjusted to reflect the amounts of income included and deductions taken thereunder. In either case, a Fund may be required to recognize taxable income or gain without the concurrent receipt of cash.
Foreign Currency Transactions. Foreign currency gains and losses realized by a Fund in connection with certain transactions involving foreign currency-denominated debt instruments, certain options, futures contracts, forward contracts, and similar instruments relating to foreign currency, foreign currencies, and foreign currency-denominated payables and receivables are subject to Section 988 of the Code, which causes such gains and losses to be treated as ordinary income or loss and may affect the amount and timing of recognition of such Fund’s income. In some cases, elections may be available that would alter this treatment, but such elections could be detrimental to a Fund by creating current recognition of income without the concurrent recognition of cash. If a foreign currency loss treated as an ordinary loss under Section 988 were to exceed a Fund’s investment company taxable income (computed without regard to such loss) for a taxable year the resulting loss would not be deductible by it or its shareholders in future years. The foreign currency income or loss will also increase or decrease a Fund’s investment company income distributable to its shareholders.
Foreign Taxation. Income received by a Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign withholding and other taxes. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of any taxable year consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, or if a Fund is a qualified fund-of-funds (i.e., a RIC that invests at least 50% of its total assets in other RICs at the close of each quarter of its taxable year), and the Fund meets the distribution requirements described above, such Fund may file an election (the “pass-through election”) with the IRS pursuant to which shareholders of the Fund would be required to (i) include in gross income (in addition to taxable dividends actually received) their pro rata shares of foreign income taxes paid by the Fund, or in the case of a qualified fund of funds, such taxes paid by an underlying fund that has made the pass-through election, even though not actually received by such shareholders; and (ii) treat such respective pro rata portions as foreign income taxes paid by them. Each Fund making a pass-through election will furnish its shareholders with a written statement providing the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund that will “pass-through” for the year, if any.
Generally, a credit for foreign taxes is subject to the limitation that it may not exceed the shareholder’s U.S. tax attributable to his or her total foreign source taxable income. For this purpose, if the pass-through election is made, the source of a Fund’s income will flow through to shareholders. The limitation on the foreign tax credit is applied separately to foreign source passive income, and to certain other types of income. Shareholders may be unable to claim a credit for the full amount of their proportionate share of the foreign taxes paid by a Fund. Various limitations, including a minimum holding period requirement, apply to limit the credit and deduction for foreign taxes for purposes of regular federal income tax and alternative minimum tax.
46

REITs. A Fund may invest in REITs. Investments in REIT equity securities may require a Fund to accrue and distribute taxable income without the concurrent receipt of cash. To generate sufficient cash to make the requisite distributions, a Fund may be required to sell securities in its portfolio (including when it is not advantageous to do so) that it otherwise would have continued to hold. A Fund’s investments in REIT equity securities may at other times result in its receipt of cash in excess of the REIT’s earnings; if such Fund distributes these amounts, these distributions could constitute a return of capital to its shareholders for federal income tax purposes.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, qualified REIT dividends (i.e., REIT dividends other than capital gain dividends and portions of REIT dividends designated as qualified dividend income) are eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction in the case of individuals, trusts and estates. A Fund that receives qualified REIT dividends may elect to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. To be eligible to treat distributions from a Fund as qualified REIT dividends, a shareholder must hold shares of the Fund for more than 45 days during the 91-day period beginning on the date that is 45 days before the date on which the shares become ex dividend with respect to such dividend and the shareholder must not be under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. If a Fund does not elect to pass the special character of this income through to shareholders or if a shareholder does not satisfy the above holding period requirements, the shareholder will not be entitled to the 20% deduction for the shareholder's share of the Fund's qualified REIT dividend income) while direct investors in REITs may be entitled to the deduction.
A Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in REMICs or taxable mortgage pools (“TMPs”), or such REITs may themselves constitute TMPs. Under an IRS notice, and U.S. Treasury regulations that have yet to be issued but may apply retroactively, a portion of a Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC or a TMP (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. This notice also provides, and the regulations are expected to provide, that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Funds, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest or invested in the TMP directly. Tax exempt-shareholders, including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan and other tax-exempt entities should consider this before investing in a Fund. See “Tax-Exempt Shareholders.”
MLPs. A Fund may invest to a limited degree in MLPs that are treated as qualified publicly traded partnerships for federal income tax purposes. Net income derived from an interest in a qualified publicly traded partnership is included in the sources of income that satisfy the Qualifying Income Requirement. However, under the Diversification Requirement, no more than 25% of the value of a RIC’s total assets at the end of each fiscal quarter may be invested in securities of qualified publicly traded partnerships. If an MLP in which a Fund invests is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes, the Fund will be taxable on its allocable share of the MLP’s income regardless of whether the Fund receives any distribution from the MLP. Thus, the Fund may be required to sell other securities in order to satisfy the distribution requirements to qualify as a RIC and to avoid federal income tax and the Excise Tax. Distributions to a Fund from an MLP that is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital to the extent of the Fund’s basis in its interest in the MLP. If a Fund’s basis is reduced to zero, distributions will generally constitute capital gain for federal income tax purposes.
For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, individuals, trusts and estates are eligible for a 20% federal income tax deduction for certain income from investments in MLPs that is included in the “combined qualified business income amount.” The Code currently does not contain a provision permitting a RIC to pass the special character of this income through to its shareholders. As a result, direct investors in MLPs may be entitled to this deduction while investors that invest in a Fund that invests in MLPs will not.
Distributions. Distributions paid out of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (as determined at the end of the year), whether reinvested in additional shares or paid in cash, are generally taxable and must be reported by each shareholder who is required to file a federal income tax return. Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as computed for federal income tax purposes, will first be treated as a return of capital up to the amount of a shareholder’s tax basis in his or her Fund shares and then as capital gain.
For federal income tax purposes, distributions of net investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income, and distributions of gains from the sale of investments that a Fund owned (or is treated as owning) for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions designated by a Fund as “capital gain dividends” (distributions from the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital losses) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain regardless of the length of time they have held their shares of such Fund. Such dividends do not qualify as dividends for purposes of the dividends received deduction or for qualified dividend income purposes as described below.
Distributions of “qualified dividend income” received by non-corporate shareholders of a Fund may be eligible for the long-term capital gain rate. A Fund’s distribution will be treated as qualified dividend income and therefore eligible for the long-term capital gain rate to the extent the Fund receives dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations, provided that certain holding period and other requirements are met. A corporate shareholder of a Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction on such Fund’s distributions attributable to dividends received by such Fund from domestic corporations, which, if received
47

directly by the corporate shareholder, would qualify for such a deduction. For eligible corporate shareholders, the dividends received deduction may be subject to certain reductions, and a distribution by a Fund attributable to dividends of a domestic corporation will be eligible for the deduction only if certain holding period and other requirements are met.
An additional 3.8% Medicare tax is imposed on certain net investment income (including dividends and capital gain distributions received from a Fund and net gains from redemptions or other taxable dispositions of shares of a Fund) of U.S. individuals, estates and trusts to the extent that such person’s “modified adjusted gross income” (in the case of an individual) or “adjusted gross income” (in the case of an estate or trust) exceeds a threshold amount.
Each Fund will furnish a statement to shareholders providing the federal income tax status of its dividends and distributions including the portion of such dividends, if any, that qualifies as long-term capital gain.
Different tax treatment, including penalties on certain excess contributions and deferrals, certain pre-retirement and post-retirement distributions, and certain prohibited transactions, is accorded to accounts maintained as qualified retirement plans.
Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers for more information.
Purchases of Fund Shares. Prior to purchasing shares in a Fund, the impact of dividends or distributions which are expected to be or have been declared, but not paid, should be carefully considered. Any dividend or distribution declared shortly after a purchase of shares of a Fund prior to the record date will have the effect of reducing the per share NAV by the per share amount of the dividend or distribution, and to the extent the distribution consists of the Fund’s taxable income, the purchasing shareholder will be taxed on the taxable portion of the dividend or distribution received even though some or all of the amount distributed is effectively a return of capital.
Sales, Exchanges or Redemptions. Upon the disposition of shares of a Fund (whether by redemption,  sale or exchange), a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. The capital gain will be long-term if the shares were held for more than 12 months and short-term if held for 12 months or less. If a shareholder sells or exchanges Fund shares within 90 days of having acquired such shares and if, before January 31 of the calendar year following the calendar year of the sale or exchange, as a result of having initially acquired those shares, the shareholder subsequently pays a reduced sales charge on a new purchase of shares of the Fund or another Fund, the sales charge previously incurred in acquiring the Fund’s shares generally shall not be taken into account (to the extent the previous sales charges do not exceed the reduction in sales charges on the new purchase) for the purpose of determining the amount of gain or loss on the disposition, but generally will be treated as having been incurred in the new purchase. Any loss realized on a disposition will be disallowed under the “wash sale” rules to the extent that the shares disposed of by the shareholder are replaced by the shareholder (including through dividend reinvestment) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of disposition. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions of capital gain dividends received by the shareholder and disallowed to the extent of any distributions of exempt-interest dividends received by the shareholder with respect to such shares unless the Fund declared exempt-interest dividends on a daily basis in an amount equal to at least 90% of its net tax-exempt interest and distributes such dividends on a monthly or more frequent basis. Capital losses are generally deductible only against capital gains except that individuals may deduct up to $3,000 of capital losses against ordinary income.
The 3.8% Medicare contribution tax (described above) will apply to gains from the sale or exchange of a Fund’s shares.
Backup Withholding. Each Fund generally is required to withhold, and remit to the U.S. Treasury, subject to certain exemptions, an amount equal to 24% of all distributions and redemption proceeds paid or credited to a shareholder of such Fund if (i) the shareholder fails to furnish such Fund with the correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury, (ii) the shareholder fails to provide a certified statement that the shareholder is not subject to backup withholding, or (iii) the IRS or a broker has notified such Fund that the number furnished by the shareholder is incorrect or that the shareholder is subject to backup withholding as a result of failure to report interest or dividend income. If the backup withholding provisions are applicable, any such distributions or proceeds, whether taken in cash or reinvested in shares, will be reduced by the amounts required to be withheld. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against a shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.
State and Local Taxes. State and local laws often differ from federal income tax laws with respect to the treatment of specific items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers for more information.
Non-U.S. Shareholders. Distributions made to non-U.S. shareholders attributable to net investment income generally are subject to U.S. federal income tax withholding at a 30% rate (or such lower rate provided under an applicable income tax treaty). However, a Fund or broker will generally not be required to withhold tax on any amounts paid to a non-U.S. investor with respect to dividends attributable to “qualified short-term gain” (i.e., the excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss) designated as such by the Fund and dividends attributable to certain U.S. source interest income that would not be subject to federal withholding tax if earned directly by a non-U.S. person, provided such amounts are properly designated by the Fund. A Fund may choose not to designate such amounts.
48

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a distribution described above is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by a non-U.S. shareholder within the U.S. (or, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment in the U. S.), federal income tax withholding and exemptions attributable to foreign persons will not apply and such distribution will be subject to the federal income tax, reporting and withholding requirements generally applicable to U.S. persons described above.
Under U.S. federal tax law, a non-U.S. shareholder is not, in general, subject to federal income tax or withholding tax on capital gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of a Fund or on capital gain dividends, provided that the Fund obtains a properly completed and signed certificate of foreign status, unless (i) such gains or distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by the non-U.S. shareholder within the U.S. (or, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S. of the non-U.S. shareholder); (ii) in the case of an individual non-U.S. shareholder, the shareholder is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale and certain other conditions are met; or (iii) the shares of the Fund constitute U.S. real property interests (“USRPIs”), as described below.
Special rules apply to foreign persons who receive distributions from a Fund that are attributable to gains from USRPIs. The Code defines USRPIs to include direct holdings of U.S. real property and any interest (other than an interest solely as a creditor) in a “U.S. real property holding corporation” or former U.S. real property holding corporation. The Code defines a U.S. real property holding corporation as any corporation whose USRPIs make up 50% or more of the fair market value of its USRPIs, its interests in real property located outside the U.S., plus any other assets it uses in a trade or business. In general, if a Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation (determined without regard to certain exceptions), distributions by the Fund that are attributable to (a) gains realized on the disposition of USRPIs by the Fund and (b) distributions received by the Fund from a lower-tier RIC or REIT that the Fund is required to treat as USRPI gain in its hands will retain their character as gains realized from USRPIs in the hands of the foreign persons and will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, such distributions could result in a foreign shareholder being required to file a U.S. tax return and pay tax on the distributions at regular U.S. federal income tax rates. The consequences to a non-U.S. shareholder, including the rate of such withholding and character of such distributions (e.g., ordinary income or USRPI gain) will vary depending on the extent of the non-U.S. shareholder’s current and past ownership of a Fund.
In addition, if a Fund is a U.S. real property holding corporation or former U. S. real property holding corporation, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. tax upon a redemption of shares by a greater-than-5% shareholder that is a foreign person, and that shareholder would be required to file a U.S. income tax return for the year of the disposition of the USRPI and pay any additional tax due on the gain. However, no such withholding is generally required with respect to amounts paid in redemption of shares of a Fund if the Fund was a domestically controlled qualified investment entity, or, in certain other limited cases, if a Fund (whether or not domestically controlled) holds substantial investments in RICs that are domestically controlled qualified investment entities.
Subject to the additional rules described herein, federal income tax withholding will apply to distributions attributable to dividends and other investment income distributed by the Funds. The federal income tax withholding rate may be reduced (and, in some cases, eliminated) under an applicable tax treaty between the U.S. and the non-U.S. shareholder’s country of residence or incorporation. In order to qualify for treaty benefits, a non-U.S. shareholder must comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its foreign status (generally by providing a Fund with a properly completed Form W-8BEN).
Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and the U.S. Treasury and IRS guidance issued thereunder (collectively, the “Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act” or “FATCA”) generally requires a Fund to obtain information sufficient to identify the status of each of its shareholders. If a shareholder fails to provide this information or otherwise fails to comply with FATCA, a Fund may be required to withhold under FATCA at a rate of 30% with respect to that shareholder on Fund dividends and distributions. Proposed regulations (effective while pending) eliminate the withholding tax that was scheduled to apply, starting in 2019, to the proceeds of the sale, redemption, or exchange of Fund shares. A Fund may disclose the information that it receives from (or concerning) its shareholders to the IRS, non-U.S. taxing authorities or other parties as necessary to comply with FATCA, related intergovernmental agreements or other applicable law or regulation. Each investor is urged to consult its tax adviser regarding the applicability of FATCA and any other reporting requirements with respect to the investor’s own situation, including investments through an intermediary.
Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts and Foreign Financial Assets Reporting Requirements. A shareholder that owns directly or indirectly more than 50% by vote or value of a Fund, is urged and advised to consult its own tax adviser regarding its filing obligations with respect to FinCen Form 114, Report of Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts.
Tax-Exempt Shareholders. A tax-exempt shareholder could realize unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Code Section 514(b).
It is possible that a tax-exempt shareholder of a Fund will also recognize UBTI if such Fund recognizes “excess inclusion income” (as described above) derived from direct or indirect investments in REMIC residual interests or TMPs. Furthermore, any investment in a residual interest of a CMO that has elected to be treated as a REMIC can create complex tax consequences, especially if a Fund has state or local governments or other tax-exempt organizations as shareholders.
49

In addition, special tax consequences apply to charitable remainder trusts (“CRTs”) that invest in RICs that invest directly or indirectly in residual interests in REMICs or in TMPs.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations. Under U.S. Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on Form 8886. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.
Shareholders are urged and advised to consult their own tax adviser with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in a Fund including, but not limited to, the applicability of state, local, foreign and other tax laws affecting the particular shareholder and to possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL SECURITY HOLDERS
Persons or organizations beneficially owning more than 25% of the outstanding shares of a Fund are presumed to “control” the Fund. As a result, those persons or organizations could have the ability to influence an action taken by a Fund if such action requires a shareholder vote.
As of April 9, 2025 the name, address and percentage ownership of each entity or person that owned of record or beneficially 5% or more of the outstanding shares of any class of the Fund are as follows: 
Fund Name and Share Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund Class
A
RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716
6.44
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund Class
C
PERSHING LLC
1 PERSHING PLZ
JERSEY CITY NJ 07399-0002
20.16
%
 
RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716
19.29
%
 
WELLS FARGO CLEARING SERVICES
2801 MARKET STREET
SAINT LOUIS, MO 63103
16.26
%
 
LPL FINANCIAL
4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091
7.15
%
 
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310
5.06
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund Class
Y
LPL FINANCIAL
4707 EXECUTIVE DRIVE
SAN DIEGO CA 92121-3091
27.94
%
 
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104
18.66
%
 
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310
10.97
%
 
MORGAN STANLEY SMITH BARNEY LLC
FOR THE EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF ITS
CUSTOMERS
1 NEW YORK PLAZA FL 12
NEW YORK NY 10004-1901
8.53
%
50

Fund Name and Share Class
Name and Address
Percentage
of Class
 
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
SPECIAL CUSTODY ACCT FBO CUSTOMERS
ATTN MUTUAL FUNDS
211 MAIN STREET
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94105
6.79
%
 
RAYMOND JAMES
OMNIBUS FOR MUTUAL FUNDS
880 CARILLON PARKWAY
ST PETERSBURG FL 33716
5.31
%
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
Institutional Class
CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
101 MONTGOMERY ST
SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104
28.39
%
 
NATIONAL FINANCIAL SERVICES LLC
499 WASHINGTON BLVD
JERSEY CITY NJ 07310
23.84
%
 
CAPINCO C/O US BANK NA
1555 N RIVERCENTER DRIVE STE 302
MILWAUKEE WI 53212
17.24
%
 
STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST AS
TRUSTEE FOR PWC DEFINED
CONTRIBUTION INVESTMENT TRUST
1776 HERITAGE DRIVE
NORTH QUINCY MA 02492
15.86
%
 
SEI PRIVATE TRUST COMPANY
ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS
ONE FREEDOM VALLEY DRIVE
OAKS, PA 19456
13.89
%
 
SEI PRIVATE TRUST COMPANY
ATTN: MUTUAL FUNDS
ONE FREEDOM VALLEY DRIVE
OAKS, PA 19456
12.68
%*
 
SAXON & CO.
PO BOX 94597
CLEVELAND OH 44101
5.01
%
*
Indicates that shares are held beneficially.
As of April 9, 2025, the Trustees and principal officers of the Trust as a group owned of record or beneficially less than 1% of any class of the Fund's outstanding shares.
CUSTODIAN
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”), 50 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, is the Trust’s custodian. BBH acts as the Trust’s depository, safe keeps its portfolio securities, collects all income and other payments with respect thereto, disburses money as instructed and maintains records in connection with its duties.
51

LEGAL COUNSEL
K&L Gates LLP, One Congress Street, Suite 2900, Boston, Massachusetts 02114, serves as counsel to the Trust.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The firm of Ernst & Young LLP, has been selected as the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2025. Ernst & Young LLP will perform an annual audit of the Trust’s financial statements, and advise the Trust as to certain accounting matters.
TRANSFER AND SUB-ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Transfer Agent. The Trust’s transfer agent is BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (“BNY Mellon IS”), 534467 500 Ross Street, 154-0520 Pittsburgh, PA 15262. BNY Mellon IS maintains the records of each shareholder’s account, answers shareholders’ inquiries concerning their accounts, processes purchases and redemptions of the Funds’ shares, acts as dividend and distribution disbursing agent and performs other shareholder servicing functions. For providing transfer agent and shareholder services to the Trust, BNY Mellon IS receives a monthly per account fee from each Fund, plus out of-pocket expenses.
The Funds may also pay a fee to certain servicing organizations (such as broker-dealers and financial institutions) that provide sub-transfer agency services. These services include maintaining shareholder records, processing shareholder transactions and distributing communications to shareholders.
Sub-Administrative Agent. The Adviser provides administrative services to the Trust under an Administration Agreement and has sub-contracted certain accounting and administrative services to The Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY Mellon”). The sub-administrative services sub-contracted to BNY Mellon include certain accounting and pricing services, SEC and state security filings, providing executive and administrative services, and providing reports for meetings of the Board. The Adviser pays BNY Mellon a sub-administrative fee out of its administration fee.
Set forth below are the sub-administrative fees paid by the Adviser to BNY Mellon with respect to the Fund during the three most recent fiscal years (or periods) ended March 31. 
Fund
Date of Fiscal Period End
Sub-Administration Fees Paid
Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund,
(formerly, Growth Opportunities Fund)
3/31/2022
$49,718
3/31/2023
$40,332
3/31/2024
$42,247
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Funds' audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, including the notes thereto and the report of Ernst & Young LLP thereon, included in the annual report to shareholders (the “Annual Report”), are hereby incorporated into this SAI by reference. A copy of the Trust’s prospectus and the Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust at P.O. Box 534467, Pittsburgh, PA 15253-4467, by calling 1.800.543.0407, or by downloading a copy at TouchstoneInvestments.com/Resources. You may also obtain the annual report or unaudited semi-annual report, as well as other information about the Trust, from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
TSF-54CC-TST-SAI-2503
52

APPENDIX A — DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS(1)
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”) are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations. A description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s and S&P are provided below. These ratings represent the opinions of these rating services as to the quality of the securities that they undertake to rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. An adviser attempts to discern variations in credit rankings of the rating services and to anticipate changes in credit ranking. However, subsequent to purchase by a fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below the minimum rating required for purchase by the fund. In that event, an adviser will consider whether it is in the best interest of a fund to continue to hold the securities.
Moody’s credit ratings are current opinions of the relative future credit risk of entities, credit commitments, or debt or debt-like securities. Moody’s defines credit risk as the risk that an entity may not meet its contractual, financial obligations as they come due and any estimated financial loss in the event of default. Credit ratings do not address any other risk, including but not limited to: liquidity risk, market value risk, or price volatility. Credit ratings are not statements of current or historical fact. Credit ratings do not constitute investment or financial advice, and credit ratings are not recommendations to purchase, sell, or hold particular securities. Credit ratings do not comment on the suitability of an investment for any particular investor. Moody’s issues its credit ratings with the expectation and understanding that each investor will make its own study and evaluation of each security that is under consideration for purchase, holding, or sale.
An S&P issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P’s view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
(1)
This Appendix A may contain information obtained from third parties, including ratings from credit ratings agencies such as S&P. Reproduction and distribution of third party content in any form is prohibited except with the prior written permission of the related third party. Third party content providers do not guarantee the accuracy, completeness, timeliness or availability of any information, including ratings, and are not responsible for any errors or omissions (negligent or otherwise), regardless of the cause, or for the results obtained from the use of such content. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS GIVE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE. THIRD PARTY CONTENT PROVIDERS SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY, COMPENSATORY, PUNITIVE, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, COSTS, EXPENSES, LEGAL FEES, OR LOSSES (INCLUDING LOST INCOME OR PROFITS AND OPPORTUNITY COSTS OR LOSSES CAUSED BY NEGLIGENCE) IN CONNECTION WITH ANY USE OF THEIR CONTENT, INCLUDING RATINGS. Credit ratings are statements of opinions and are not statements of fact or recommendations to purchase, hold or sell securities. They do not address the suitability of securities or the suitability of securities for investment purposes, and should not be relied on as investment advice. they issue, as well as structured finance securities backed by receivables or other financial assets.
Short-Term Credit Ratings
Moody’s
Moody’s short-term ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations. Ratings may be assigned to issuers, short-term programs or to individual short-term debt instruments. Such obligations generally have an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months, unless explicitly noted.
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
“P-1” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
“P-2” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.
“P-3” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.
“NP” - Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.
Note: Canadian issuers rated P-1 or P-2 have their short-term ratings enhanced by the senior-most long-term rating of the issuer, its guarantor or support-provider.
S&P
S&P’s short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days-including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating.
53

The following summarizes the rating categories used by S&P for short-term issues:
“A-1” - Obligations are rated in the highest category and indicate that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.
“A-2” - Obligations are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.
“A-3” - Obligations exhibit adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
“B” - Obligations are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.
“C” - Obligations are currently vulnerable to nonpayment and are dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
“D” - Obligations are in payment default. The “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.
Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&P’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
Long-Term Credit Ratings
Moody’s
Moody’s long-term ratings are opinions of the relative credit risk of financial obligations with an original maturity of one year or more. They address the possibility that a financial obligation will not be honored as promised. Such ratings use Moody’s Global Scale and reflect both the likelihood of default and any financial loss suffered in the event of default.
The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for long-term debt:
“Aaa” - Obligations rated “Aaa” are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.
“Aa” - Obligations rated “Aa” are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.
“A” - Obligations rated “A” are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.
“Baa” - Obligations rated “Baa” are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.
“Ba” - Obligations rated “Ba” are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.
“B” - Obligations rated “B” are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.
“Caa” - Obligations rated “Caa” are judged to be of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.
“Ca” - Obligations rated “Ca” are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.
“C” - Obligations rated “C” are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from “Aa” through “Caa.” The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.
54

S&P
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P’s analysis of the following considerations:
Likelihood of payment — capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation;
Nature of and provisions of the obligation;
Protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.
Issue ratings are an assessment of default risk, but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
The following summarizes the ratings used by S&P for long-term issues:
“AAA” - An obligation rated “AAA” has the highest rating assigned by S&P. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.
“AA” - An obligation rated “AA” differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.
“A” - An obligation rated “A” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.
“BBB” - An obligation rated “BBB” exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
Obligations rated “BB,” “B,” “CCC,” “CC,” and “C” are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. “BB” indicates the least degree of speculation and “C” the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.
“BB” - An obligation rated “BB” is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
“B” - An obligation rated “B” is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated “BB,” but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
“CCC” - An obligation rated “CCC” is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.
“CC” - An obligation rated “CC” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The “CC” rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.
“C” - An obligation rated “C” is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher.
“D” - An obligation rated “D” is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the “D” rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The “D” rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to “D” if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.
Plus (+) or minus (-) - The ratings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
“NR” - This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.
55

Local Currency and Foreign Currency Risks - Country risk considerations are a standard part of S&P’s analysis for credit ratings on any issuer or issue. Currency of repayment is a key factor in this analysis. An obligor’s capacity to repay foreign currency obligations may be lower than its capacity to repay obligations in its local currency due to the sovereign government’s own relatively lower capacity to repay external versus domestic debt. These sovereign risk considerations are incorporated in the debt ratings assigned to specific issues. Foreign currency issuer ratings are also distinguished from local currency issuer ratings to identify those instances where sovereign risks make them different for the same issuer.
Municipal Note Ratings
Moody’s
Moody’s uses three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade. These ratings are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (“MIG”) and are divided into three levels - “MIG 1” through “MIG 3.” In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated “SG”, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.
The following summarizes the ratings used by Moody’s for these short-term obligations:
“MIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.
“MIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.
“MIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.
“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.
In the case of variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”), a two-component rating is assigned; a long- or short-term debt rating and a demand obligation rating. The first element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments. The second element represents Moody’s evaluation of risk associated with the ability to receive purchase price upon demand (“demand feature”). The second element uses a rating from a variation of the MIG scale called the Variable Municipal Investment Grade or “VMIG” rating scale.
When either the long- or short-term aspect of a VRDO is not rated, that piece is designated “NR”, e.g., “Aaa/NR” or “NR/VMIG 1.”
VMIG rating expirations are a function of each issue’s specific structural or credit features.
“VMIG 1” - This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by the superior short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
“VMIG 2” - This designation denotes strong credit quality. Good protection is afforded by the strong short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
“VMIG 3” - This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Adequate protection is afforded by the satisfactory short-term credit strength of the liquidity provider and structural and legal protections that ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
“SG” - This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Demand features rated in this category may be supported by a liquidity provider that does not have an investment grade short-term rating or may lack the structural and/or legal protections necessary to ensure the timely payment of purchase price upon demand.
S&P
An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P’s opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. In determining which type of rating, if any, to assign, S&P’s analysis will review the following considerations:
Amortization schedule-the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely it will be treated as a note; and
Source of payment-the more dependent the issue is on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it will be treated as a note.
Note rating symbols are as follows:
“SP-1” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Those issues determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service are given a plus (+) designation.
56

“SP-2” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit a satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.
“SP-3” - The issuers of these municipal notes exhibit speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.
57

APPENDIX B
PROXY VOTING POLICIES
LOS ANGELES CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC
Proxy Policy
Rev. February 20, 2025
I. Introduction
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”) has adopted and implemented policies and procedures that are reasonably designed to ensure that proxies are voted in the best interest of clients, in accordance with U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Rule 206(4) ‐ 6 under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the “Advisers Act”) and its obligations under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). Los Angeles Capital provides investment advisory or sub-advisory services to various types of institutional clients. When clients give Los Angeles Capital the authority to vote proxies held in their client accounts such authority is specified in the advisory contract or other governing agreements.
II. Proxy Policy Statement
Los Angeles Capital has retained Glass, Lewis & Co., LLC (“Glass Lewis”) an unaffiliated third‐party, to act as an independent proxy voting agent. Glass Lewis provides proxy analysis, voting recommendations and administration, recordkeeping, and manages other operational and reporting matters of the proxy voting process. If at any time a material conflict arises in connection with the Firm voting proxies for a client account, it would be resolved in the best interest of the client.
When Los Angeles Capital is given proxy voting authority together with a client’s voting policy, the Firm oversees compliance with such policy. When the client elects to use the Firm’s standard proxy guidelines, the Firm will vote in accordance with the guidelines approved by the Firm’s Proxy Committee (“Committee”). The Committee has approved the use of Glass Lewis’ market-based U.S. and Global guidelines(1), as may be modified from time to time (the “Firm’s Guidelines”). Clients with specific proxy voting goals may direct the Firm to apply a thematic set of proxy guidelines developed by Glass Lewis or provide the Firm with an alternative set of custom guidelines for use in voting proxies for the client’s account.
A. Proxy Voting Guidelines
On an annual basis, the Committee reviews the Firm’s Guidelines. Members of the Committee also selectively review a sampling of the voting recommendations and the related proxy materials in determining whether to modify the approved Firm Guidelines.
Where the Firm has proxy voting authority, the Firm ultimately retains the right to cast each vote on a case‐by‐case basis, taking into consideration the applicable proxy guidelines including any contractual obligations or the specific voting policy of the particular portfolio as well as all relevant facts and circumstances including information that might be gathered from sources beyond Glass Lewis. Management of issuers, as well as other interested parties, will sometimes release supplemental information to the proxy statement that relates to a pending proxy vote. Glass Lewis and the Firm will not always be able to consider such additional information depending on the timing of its release and voting deadlines.
In the event there is a disagreement with the Glass Lewis analysis as to a particular vote, the Committee will determine whether it is appropriate to vote contrary to the Glass Lewis recommendation provided that such decision is consistent with the approved guideline. In the rare circumstance that the Committee believes it is in the best interest of a client to vote contrary to an approved guideline, the Committee will seek client consent prior to placing a vote that is contrary to such approved guideline(s).
Los Angeles Capital recognizes that a client may issue specific directives regarding how particular proxy issues are to be voted for the client’s portfolio holdings. The Firm requires that the advisory or sub‐advisory contract specify such instructions, including instructions as to how those votes will be managed, particularly where they differ from the Firm’s Guidelines.
It is unlikely that serious conflicts of interest will arise in the context of the Firm’s proxy voting because the Firm does not engage in other financial businesses such as brokerage or managing public companies, underwriting, or investment banking. Nevertheless, should a conflict of interest arise in connection with proxy voting or Glass Lewis, such conflict will be handled as described below under Section IV B, “Conflicts of Interest.” As a matter of policy, the Firm and its employees are required to put the interests of clients ahead of their own.
B. Limitations
In limited circumstances, the Firm may elect to abstain from voting or may be unable to vote a client’s proxy. These circumstances include:
●
Where the Firm concludes that the effect on shareholder’s economic interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant.
58

●
Where the securities related to the vote participate in a securities lending program and are out on loan. In many cases, where a client directs the securities lending, Los Angeles Capital may not be aware when the security is out on loan and thus may not be able to recall the security before the record date, subject to the Special Considerations outlined below.
●
Where the related securities are issued in a country that participates in share blocking because it is disruptive to the management of the portfolio.
●
Where multiple global custodian accounts roll up into one omnibus sub-custodian account. In the specific markets where this may occur, the account managed by Los Angeles Capital is not registered individually. Therefore, if ballots are voted differently for the underlying accounts, the omnibus vote is considered split and is rejected.
●
Where in the Firm’s judgement the unjustifiable costs(2) or disadvantages of voting the proxy would exceed the anticipated benefit of voting (e.g., certain non‐U.S. securities).
●
Where a required Power of Attorney is not on file or it is not feasible to get one on file.
●
Where a meeting involves an issuer or transaction with a relevant U.S. or non-U.S. sanctioned entity or individual.
C. Special Considerations
Certain accounts may warrant specialized treatment in voting proxies. Contractual stipulations, individual client direction, and special guideline arrangements will dictate how voting will be done in these cases.
Mutual Funds
Where the Firm votes proxies for a mutual fund that it sub-advises, unless otherwise directed and agreed with such fund and its adviser, the proxies typically will be voted in accordance with the Firm’s proxy guidelines. Proxies of a mutual fund’s portfolio companies may be voted in accordance with resolutions or other instructions from an authorized person of the fund.
ERISA Accounts
The Department of Labor (“DOL”) rules emphasize that a fiduciary’s duties extend to management of shareholder rights including with respect to proxy voting. Responsibilities for voting ERISA accounts include: the duty of loyalty, prudence, compliance with the plan, as well as a duty to avoid prohibited transactions. The DOL rules require voting with a focus on relevant risk-return factors and not voting in a manner that sacrifices investment returns or takes on risks that promote benefits or goals unrelated to the interests of participants and beneficiaries. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for an ERISA account, the Firm employs the Firm’s Guidelines unless otherwise specifically directed by the ERISA plan fiduciary. Where the Firm has authority to vote proxies for a commingled fund that is an ERISA plan asset fund, the Firm employs the Firm’s Guidelines.
Securities Lending Program
Certain situations where Los Angeles Capital may recall securities on loan to vote proxies, if operationally feasible, include: (i) where Los Angeles Capital deems a holding materially significant, (ii) where Los Angeles Capital is directing the securities lending, or (iii) where a client has made arrangements with its custodian to permit standing instructions for the recall of securities out on loan and Los Angeles Capital has agreed to implement the standing instructions.
III. Responsibility and Oversight
The Committee was established to provide oversight to the proxy voting process and is responsible for developing, implementing, and updating the Firm’s proxy policy, reviewing approving, and/or formulating the Firm’s Guidelines, selecting and overseeing the third‐party proxy vendor, identifying any conflicts of interest, determining the votes for issues it elects to vote independently from, or that cannot be voted by, Glass Lewis, monitoring legislative and corporate governance developments surrounding proxy issues, and meeting to discuss any material issues regarding the proxy voting process. The Committee meets annually and as necessary to fulfill its obligations.
As part of the Committee’s ongoing oversight of its third-party proxy vendor, the Committee considers (i) the adequacy and quality of the proxy vendor’s staffing and personnel; (ii) the presence of conflicts and processes to address those conflicts; (iii) the robustness of the proxy vendor’s policies and procedures for ensuring that its recommendations are based on current and accurate information; and (iv) any other appropriate considerations as to the nature and quality of the proxy vendor’s services. In addition, Compliance conducts periodic reviews of ballots voted by the proxy vendor to ensure they are in line with proxy voting procedures.
In cases where the Committee votes a proxy ballot it may conduct research internally and/or use the resources of an independent research consultant or use information from any of the following sources: legislative materials, studies of corporate governance and other proxy voting issues, reports by issuers’ management on pending proxy votes, and/or published analyses of shareholder and management proposals. In such voting circumstances, two votes from voting members of the Committee or one voting member of the Committee and an internal legal counsel are required.
Los Angeles Capital’s Operations Department handles the day‐to‐day administration of the proxy voting process.
59

IV. Proxy Voting Procedures
Glass Lewis provides for the timely execution of specified proxy votes on the Firm’s behalf, which includes complete account set‐up, vote execution, reporting, recordkeeping, and compliance with ERISA.
Los Angeles Capital’s responsibility for voting proxies is generally determined by the obligations set forth under each client’s Investment Management Agreement, Limited Partnership Agreement, Prospectus, Trust Agreement or other legal documentation governing the account. Voting ERISA client proxies is a fiduciary act of plan asset management that must be performed by the adviser or delegated to a sub‐adviser unless the voting right is retained by a named fiduciary of the plan. If an advisory or sub‐advisory contract or similar document states that Los Angeles Capital does not have the authority to vote client proxies, then voting is the responsibility of some other named fiduciary.
While Los Angeles Capital will accept direction from clients on specific proxy issues for their account, the Firm reserves the right to maintain its standard position on all other client accounts for which the Firm has proxy voting authority.
A. Materiality
The Committee has designated certain materiality thresholds for situations in which the Committee may vote independently from Glass Lewis or may take separate actions in regard to securities lending limitations. Materiality thresholds are monitored daily and are escalated to the Committee for review.
B. Conflicts of Interest
Los Angeles Capital attempts to minimize the risks of conflicts and reviews the Conflict of Interest Statement prepared by Glass Lewis on an annual basis.
If Glass Lewis identifies a potential conflict of interest between it and a publicly held company, it will disclose the relationship on the relevant proxy paper research report. In these situations, members of the Committee will review the proxy paper research report and vote the proxy in accordance with the Committee charter.
If an unforeseen conflict requires specialized treatment, alternate measures may be taken, up to and including having Glass Lewis refrain from writing a proxy paper research report and abstaining from making a voting recommendation on the company. In this scenario Glass Lewis would procure a substitute research report from an alternative qualified provider, and the Committee may be required to research and vote the proxy.
If the Committee identifies a potential material conflict of interest between Los Angeles Capital or an affiliated person of the Firm and the issuer whose ballot is being voted, the client whose account holds the shares of such issuer will be notified. If no directive on how to vote is issued by the client, the Committee will vote in such a way that, in the Committee’s opinion, fairly addresses the conflict in the best interest of the client.
C. Disclosure
Los Angeles Capital will provide all clients with a copy of the Firm’s current proxy policies and procedures upon request. In addition, clients may request, at any time, a copy of the Firm’s voting records for their respective account(s) by making a formal request to Los Angeles Capital. Los Angeles Capital will make this information available to a client upon its request within a reasonable time. For further information, please contact a member of Operations at [email protected].
Los Angeles Capital generally will not disclose how it has voted or intends to vote on behalf of a client account except as required by applicable law but may disclose such information to a client regarding their portfolio who itself may decide or may be required to make public such voting information. Los Angeles Capital will not disclose past votes or share amounts voted except: (i) for a valid business purpose as determined in the discretion of the Chief Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer, (ii) to the respective client for such client’s account, (iii) as required on Form N-PX related to Say-on-Pay votes, or (iv) as otherwise required by law.
D. Recordkeeping
All proxy records pursuant to Section 204‐2 of the Advisers Act are retained by either Glass Lewis or Los Angeles Capital. Glass Lewis retains (1) records of proxy statements received regarding client securities, and (2) records of each vote cast. Los Angeles Capital retains (1) copies of its proxy policies, procedures, and Firm Guidelines; (2) copies of any document created by Los Angeles Capital that was material to making a decision how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; (3) each written client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the client; (4) a copy of any written response by Los
Angeles Capital to any (written or oral) client request for information on how the adviser voted proxies on behalf of the requesting client; and (5) regulatory filings related to proxy voting.
60

ERISA Accounts
Los Angeles Capital’s maintains access to proxy voting records (both procedures and actions taken in individual situations) to enable the named fiduciary to determine whether Los Angeles Capital is fulfilling its obligations. Such records may be maintained via Glass Lewis’ electronic system. Retention may include: (1) issuer name and meeting; (2) issues voted on and record of the vote; (3) number of shares eligible to be voted on the record date; (4) number of shares voted; and (5) where appropriate, cost‐benefit analyses.
Duration
Proxy voting books and records will be maintained in an easily accessible place for at least five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such records. For the first two years, the records are fully accessible in Los Angeles Capital’s office and electronically.
(1) https://www.glasslewis.com/voting‐policies‐current/
(2) The Department of Labor has indicated that such costs include, but are not limited to, expenditures related to developing proxy resolutions, proxy voting services and the analysis of the likely net effect of a particular issue on the economic value of the plan’s investment. Fiduciaries must take into consideration whether the exercise of its rights to vote a proxy is expected to have an effect on the economic value of the plan’s investment that will outweigh the costs of exercising such rights. With respect to proxies for shares of foreign corporations, a fiduciary, in deciding whether to purchase shares of a foreign corporation, should consider whether any additional difficulty and expense in voting such shares is reflected in their market price.
61


PART C. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 28. EXHIBITS: 
 
(a)(1)
(a)(2)
(a)(3)
(a)(4)
(a)(5)
(a)(6)
(a)(7)
(a)(8)
(a)(9)
(a)(10)
(a)(11)
(a)(12)
(a)(13)
(a)(14)
(a)(15)
(a)(16)

 
(a)(17)
(a)(18)
(a)(19)
(a)(20)
(a)(21)
(a)(22)
(a)(23)
(a)(24)
(a)(25)
(a)(26)
(a)(27)
(a)(28)
(a)(29)
(a)(30)
(a)(31)
(a)(32)
(a)(33)

 
(a)(34)
(a)(35)
(a)(36)
(a)(37)
(a)(38)
(a)(39)
(a)(40)
(b)
(c)
(d)(1)(i)
(d)(1)(ii)
(d)(1)(iii)
(d)(1)(iv)
(d)(2)
(d)(3)

 
(d)(3)(i)
(d)(4)
(d)(4)(i)
(d)(5)
(d)(6)
(d)(7)
(d)(8)
(d)(9)
(d)(10)
(d)(11)
(d)(12)
(d)(13)
(d)(14)

 
(d)(15)
(d)(16)
(d)(17)
(d)(18)
(d)(19)
(d)(20)
(d)(21)
(d)(22)
(d)(23)
(e)(1)
(e)(2)
(f)
(g)(1)
(g)(2)
(g)(3)

 
(h)(1)
(h)(1)(i)
(h)(1)(ii)
(h)(2)
(h)(3)
(h)(4)
(h)(5)
(h)(6)(i)
(h)(6)(ii)
(h)(6)(iii)
(h)(7)(i)
(h)(7)(ii)
(h)(7)(iii)
(h)(7)(iv)
(h)(7)(v)

 
(h)(7)(vi)
(h)(7)(vii)
(h)(8)
(h)(9)(i)
(h)(9)(ii)
(h)(10)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Not applicable.
(l)
Copy of Letter of Initial Stockholder, which was filed as an Exhibit to Registrant’s Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, is
hereby incorporated by reference.
(m)(1)
(m)(2)(i)
(m)(2)(ii)
(m)(3)(i)
(m)(3)(ii)
(n)(1)
(n)(2)

 
(o)
Reserved.
(p)(1)
(p)(2)
(p)(3)
(p)(4)
(p)(5)
(p)(6)
(p)(7)
(p)(8)
(p)(9)
(p)(10)
(p)(11)
(p)(12)
(p)(13)
(p)(14)
(q)
Item 29. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with the Registrant
None.
Item 30. Indemnification
(a) Article VI of the Registrant’s Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification of officers and Trustees as follows:
Section 6.4 Indemnification of Trustees, Officers, etc.
The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers, including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise (hereinafter referred to as a

“Covered Person”) against all liabilities, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and expenses, including reasonable accountants’ and counsel fees, incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Trustee or officer, director or trustee, and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office (“disabling conduct”). Anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, no Covered Person shall be indemnified for any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject unless (1) a final decision on the merits is made by a court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought that the Covered Person to be indemnified was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, or (2) in the absence of such a decision, a reasonable determination is made, based upon a review of the facts, that the Covered Person was not liable by reason of disabling conduct, by (a) the vote of a majority of a quorum of Trustees who are neither “interested persons” of the Company as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended nor parties to the proceeding (“disinterested, non-party Trustees”), or (b) an independent legal counsel in a written opinion.
Section 6.5 Advances of Expenses.
The Trust shall advance attorneys’ fees or other expenses incurred by a Covered Person in defending a proceeding, upon the undertaking by or on behalf of the Covered Person to repay the advance unless it is ultimately determined that such Covered Person is entitled to indemnification, so long as one of the following conditions is met: (i) the Covered Person shall provide security for his undertaking, (ii) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of any lawful advances, or (iii) a majority of a quorum of the disinterested non-party Trustees of the Trust, or an independent legal counsel in a written opinion, shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (as opposed to a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe that the Covered Person ultimately will be found entitled to indemnification.
Section 6.6 Indemnification Not Exclusive, etc.
The right of indemnification provided by this Article VI shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VI, “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, an “interested Covered Person” is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened, and a “disinterested” person is a person against whom none of such actions, suits or other proceedings or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending or threatened. Nothing contained in this article shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of any such person.
(b) The Registrant maintains a mutual fund and investment advisory professional and directors and officer’s liability policy. The policy provides coverage to the Registrant, its trustees and officers and includes losses by reason of any act, error, omission, misstatement, misleading statement, neglect or breach of duty. The Registrant may not pay for insurance that protects the Trustees and officers against liabilities arising from action involving willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of their offices.
The advisory agreements and the sub-advisory agreements provide that Touchstone Advisors, Inc. (or a sub-advisor) shall not be liable for any act or omission in the course of rendering services, absent willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence or reckless disregard by Touchstone (or a sub-advisor) of its obligations under the agreement.
Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“1933 Act”) may be permitted to Trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Trust pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Trust has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Trust of expenses incurred or paid by a trustee, officer or controlling person of the Trust in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustee, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Trust will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
Item 31. Business and Other Connections of the Investment Adviser
A.
TOUCHSTONE ADVISORS, INC. (the “Advisor”) is a registered investment advisor that provides investment advisory services to the Touchstone Strategic Trust, Touchstone ETF Trust, Touchstone Variable Series Trust and Touchstone Funds Group Trust (the “Touchstone Fund Complex”). The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of the Advisor. Unless otherwise noted, the address of the corporations listed below is 303 Broadway,

Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
*
The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
(1)
Jill T. McGruder — Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
President and Chief Executive Officer — IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b)
President — Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(c)
President — National Integrity Life Insurance Co.
(d)
Trustee — Touchstone Fund Complex
(e)
Senior Vice President — Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*
(f)
Senior Vice President — W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(g)
Director — Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(h)
Director — IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(2)
Donald J. Wuebbling — Director - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Director — Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company*, National Integrity Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Eagle Realty Capital Partners, LLC, Gerber Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc.
(3)
Jay J. Johnson — Vice President, Corporate Finance and Treasurer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Vice President, Corporate Finance and Treasurer - Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company*, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*, The Western & Southern Life Insurance Company*, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company.*, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc.*, Touchstone Securities, Inc., Columbus Life Insurance Company*, Eagle Realty Group, LLC*, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.*, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Gerber Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.
(4)
Terrie A. Wiedenheft — Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operations Officer - IFS Financial Services, Inc.
(b)
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(c)
Chief Financial Officer - Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(d)
Senior Vice President - Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
(e)
Vice President, Commission Accounting and Finance - Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company
(f)
Treasurer and Controller - Touchstone Fund Complex
(5)
Sarah S. Herron — Secretary — Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Secretary — Touchstone Securities, Inc.,
(b)
Corporate Secretary — W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(c)
Assistant General Counsel — Investments & Regulations — Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc.*
(6)
Timothy S. Stearns — Chief Compliance Officer — Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Fund Complex, Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(a)
Vice President - W&S Brokerage Services, Inc.*
(7)
Timothy D. Paulin — Senior Vice President, Investment Research and Product Management — Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Vice President — Touchstone Fund Complex
(8)
Jonathan D. Niemeyer - Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Board of Directors, Bethesda, Inc., Cincinnati Art Museum, Association of Life Insurance Counsel
(b)
Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company

(c)
Director, Eagle Realty Capital Partners, LLC, Gerber Life Agency, LLC, IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Brokerage Services, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., Western & Southern Agency, Inc.
(d)
Director, Sr. Vice President, Gerber Life Insurance Company
(9)
E. Blake Moore, Jr. - President & Chief Executive Officer, Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(a)
Chief Executive Officer of Touchstone Securities, Inc.
(b)
Senior Vice President of Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company, The Western & Southern Life Insurance Company
(c)
President - Touchstone Fund Complex
B. FORT WASHINGTON INVESTMENT ADVISORS, INC. (“Fort Washington”) is a registered investment adviser that provides sub-advisory services to the Funds. Fort Washington also serves as the sub-adviser to certain series of Touchstone Funds Group Trust, Touchstone ETF Trust and Touchstone Variable Series Trust. Fort Washington also provides investment advice to institutional and individual clients. The address of Fort Washington is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.
The following list sets forth the business and other connections of the directors and executive officers of Fort Washington.
*
The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, Ohio 45202.
(1)
Maribeth S. Rahe, President & Chief Executive Officer
(a)
Life Trustee, New York Landmarks Conservancy; Life Trustee, Rush-Presbyterian-St. Luke’s Medical Center; Board Member, Chair, Audit Committee, Member, Compensation Committee, Consolidated Communications Illinois Holdings, Inc.; Vice Chair, Executive/Finance Committee, Cincinnati Arts Association; Member, Advisory Board and Partner-In-Action Committee, Sisters of Notre Dame de Namur; Member Advisory Board, Williams College of Business, Xavier University; Fund Advisory Board, Finance/Budget Committee, Cintrifuse; Board Member, Member Audit Committee, Chair Capital Markets Committee, First Financial Bank; Board Member, Marketing Committee, Greater Cincinnati Foundation; Member, Former President, Women’s Capital Club; Member, Former Executive Committee, Cincinnati Women’s Executive Committee; Member, Former President, Executive Committee Commonwealth Club; Advisory Board University of Cincinnati Health Women’s Center, Trustee and Executive Committee Cincinnati County Club; Director Eagle Realty Group; Director Eagle Realty Investments, Inc.
(b)
President & CEO of Tristate Ventures, LLC*
(c)
President, W&S Investment Holdings, LLC
(d)
President & CEO of Fort Washington Capital Partners, LLC
(2)
Nicholas P. Sargen, Director
(3)
John F. Barrett, Director
(a)
Chairman of Board & CEO, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company
(b)
Director & Chairman, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company, Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Gerber Life Insurance Company
(c)
Director, Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments
(d)
President & Trustee, Western & Southern Financial Fund
(e)
Board Member, Cintas Corporation
(f)
Director, American Council of Life Insurers; Director, Financial Services Roundtable; Board Member, Americans for the Arts; Member & Executive Committee, Cincinnati Center City Development Corporation; Board of Governors, Cincinnati USA Partnership for Economic Development; Member, Cincinnati Business Committee; Co-Chairman, Greater Cincinnati Scholarship Association; Member, Cincinnati Equity Fund; Honorary Trustee, Sigma Alpha Epsilon Foundation; Chairman, Medical Center Fund, UC; Advisory Board, Barrett Cancer Center; Vice Chairman, UC Foundation Capital Campaign; Honorary Chairman, UC Presidential Bicentennial Commission
(4)
Brendan M. White, Senior Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer and Director
(a)
Board Member, Good Samaritan Hospital
(b)
Board Member, Cincinnati Cancer Foundation
(c)
Board Member, Make A Wish Foundation
(d)
Advisory Board, University of Cincinnati Finance Department

(5)
Chris Shipley, Senior Vice President, Co-Chief Investment Officer
(6)
Michele Hawkins, Chief Compliance Officer & Managing Director
(a)
Advisory Board Member, Xavier University Cintas Institute for Business Ethics & Social Responsibility
(b)
Board Member, YWCA of Greater Cincinnati
(c)
Board Member, Warsaw Federal Savings and Loan
(7)
Jay V. Johnson, Vice President and Treasurer
(8)
Jack O’Connor, Managing Director and Head of Business Development
(9)
Jonathan D. Niemeyer, Director, Senior Vice President and General Counsel
(a)
Board of Directors, Bethesda, Inc., Cincinnati Art Museum, Association of Life Insurance Counsel, Salvation Army of Cincinnati
(b)
Director, Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel, Columbus Life Insurance Company, Eagle Realty Group, LLC, Eagle Realty Investments, Inc., Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc., The Lafayette Life Insurance Company
(c)
Sr. Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer & General Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company
(d)
Director, Sr. Vice President, Gerber Life Insurance Company
(10)
Donald J. Wuebbling, Director
(a)
Secretary & Counsel, The Western and Southern Life Insurance Company, Western-Southern Life Assurance Company, Western & Southern Financial Group, Inc., Western & Southern Mutual Holding Company, Columbus Life Insurance Company, The Lafayette Life Insurance Company
(b)
Director, Touchstone Advisors, Inc., Touchstone Securities, Inc., W&S Financial Group Distributors, Inc., IFS Financial Services, Inc., Integrity Life Insurance Company, W&S Brokerage Services, Inc., Eagle Realty Group, Eagle Realty Investments, Integrity Life Insurance Company, National Integrity Life Insurance Company, Western & Southern Agency, Inc.
(11)
Eric J. Walzer, Managing Director, Head of Investment Operations
(12)
David T. Henderson, Sr. Vice President, Chief Actuary, Risk and Data Officer
(13)
Jeffrey L. Stainton, Secretary
(14)
Gerald J. Ulland, Managing Director & Chief Financial and Administrative Officer
(a)
Board Member, Mount Notre Dame Board of Trustees
(b)
Finance Committee, Scripps Foundation
(15)
Tracey Stofa, Managing Director and Head of Private Client Group
(a)
Finance Committee Bethesda Foundation
(b)
Board Member, Greater Cincinnati Alzheimer’s Association
C. Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P. (“Westfield”) is a registered investment advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund and Touchstone Growth Opportunities Fund. The address of Westfield is One Financial Center, Boston, MA 02111. The following are executive officers and directors of Westfield:
Westfield is 100% employee owned. Strategic business decisions are managed and controlled by an executive management committee composed of William A. Muggia, Richard D. Lee, Robert T. Flores, Ethan J. Meyers, John M. Montgomery, Jenny A. Muller, Katheryn A. Kearney, Matthew R. Renna, and Justin M. Moscardelli.
D. TOBAM S.A.S. (“TOBAM”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser providing sub-advisory services to Touchstone Anti-Benchmark US Core Equity Fund. The address is 49-53 Avenue des Champs Elysées, Paris, France. No director, officer or partner of TOBAM has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.
E. Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC, doing business as Barrow Hanley Global Investors (“Barrow Hanley”), is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Value Fund. The address of Barrow Hanley is 2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor Dallas, TX 75201.

The directors and officers of Barrow Hanley are provided on Barrow Hanley’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 105519; SEC File No. 801-31237), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Barrow Hanley’s directors and officers is with Barrow Hanley and its affiliated companies.
F. Bramshill Investments, LLC (“Bramshill”), is a registered investment advisor that serves as the sub-advisor to the Touchstone Flexible Income Fund. The address of Bramshill is 801 Laurel Oak Drive, Suite 300, Naples, Florida 34108.
The owners and officers of Bramshill are provided on Bramshill’s most recently filed Schedule A of Form ADV (IARD No. 162492; SEC File No. 801-74578), which is incorporated herein by reference. The only employment of a substantial nature of each of Bramshill’s owners and officers is with Bramshill and its affiliated companies.
G. Sands Capital Management, LLC (“Sands Capital”) is a registered investment advisor that provides sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund. The address of Sands Capital is 1000 Wilson Blvd., Suite 3000, Arlington, VA 22209. The directors, officers and/or partners of Sands Capital have held the following positions with other companies during the past two fiscal years: 
Name and Position with
Investment Adviser
Name and Principal Business
Address of Other Company
Connection with Other
Company
Frank M. Sands, CFA
Chief Investment Officer,
Chief Executive Officer
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC
1000 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Investment Board Member,
Executive Management Team
Jonathan P. Goodman
General Counsel and Secretary
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC
1000 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
General Counsel
Stephen F. Nimmo
Executive Managing Director,
Business Development and
Client Relations
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC1
000 Wilson Boulevard
Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Executive Management Team
Ian W. Ratcliffe
Executive Managing Director,
Executive Managing Partner
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Managing Partner, Executive
Management Team
Dana M. McNamara
Chief Administrative Officer,
Executive Managing Director
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Executive Management Team
T. Perry Williams, CFA
President
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Executive Management Team
Brian A. Christiansen, CFA
Executive Managing Director,
Sr. Portfolio Manager,
Research Analyst
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Executive Management Team
David E. Levanson, CFA
Executive Managing Director,
Sr. Portfolio Manager,
Research Analyst
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Executive Management Team
Alexandra Fulk, Chief
Compliance Officer, Sr. Legal
Counsel
Sands Capital Ventures, LLC 1000
Wilson Boulevard Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Chief Compliance Officer, Sr.
Legal Counsel
H. London Company of Virginia d/b/a The London Company (“TLC”) is a registered investment advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Large Cap Fund. The address of TLC is 1800 Bayberry Court, Suite 301, Richmond, Virginia, 23226. No director, officer or partner of TLC has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.
I. Rockefeller & Co., LLC (“Rockefeller”) is a registered investment advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Non-US ESG Equity Fund (formerly, Touchstone Global ESG Equity Fund). The address of Rockefeller is 45 Rockefeller Plaza, Fifth Floor, New York, New York 10111. Officers and employees of Rockefeller and its affiliates may serve as non-executive directors of

for-profit businesses, including financial services companies that provide services to Rockefeller and/or to clients of Rockefeller. Rockefeller has adopted procedures and practices in seeking to mitigate conflicts of interests that may result from such outside business affiliations.
J. Wilshire Advisors, LLC (“Wilshire”) (formerly, Wilshire Associates Incorporated) is a registered investment advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Dynamic Allocation Fund. The address of Wilshire is 1299 Ocean Avenue Suite 700, Santa Monica, CA 90401. No director, officer or partner of Wilshire has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.
K. DSM Capital Partners LLC (“DSM”) is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone International Growth Fund and the Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund. The address of DSM is 7111 Fairway Drive, Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33418. No director, officer or partner of DSM has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.
L. Sage Advisory Services, Ltd. Co. (“Sage”) is a registered advisor providing sub-advisory services to the Touchstone Core Municipal Bond Fund. The address of Sage is 5900 Southwest Parkway, Building 1, Austin, Texas 78735. No director, officer or partner of Sage has been engaged in any other business or profession of a substantial nature during the past two fiscal years.
M. LOS ANGELES CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LLC (“Los Angeles Capital” or the “Firm”) is an SEC-registered investment adviser and serves as the Sub-Adviser to the Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund and the Touchstone Dynamic International ETF. The address of Los Angeles Capital is 11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200, Los Angeles, California 90025.
Los Angeles Capital’s majority owner is LACM Holdings Inc. Thomas D. Stevens and Hal W. Reynolds are the principal owners of LACM Holdings. The other owners of LACM Holdings are employees of the Firm.
During the last two fiscal years, no director, officer, or partner of Los Angeles Capital has engaged in any other business, profession, vocation, or employment of a substantial nature in the capacity of director, officer, employee, partner or trustee.
Item 32. Principal Underwriters
(a)
Touchstone Securities, Inc. also acts as underwriter for Touchstone Variable Series Trust and Touchstone Funds Group Trust.
(b)
The following are the directors and officers of the underwriter. Unless otherwise noted, the address of the persons named below is 303 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202.  
NAME
POSITION WITH UNDERWRITER
POSITION WITH
REGISTRANT
E. Blake Moore, Jr.
Chief Executive Officer
President and Trustee
Jill T. McGruder
Director
Trustee
Jonathan D. Niemeyer*
Director
None
Donald J. Wuebbling*
Director
None
Mary T. Mock
Senior Vice President
None
Terrie A. Wiedenheft
Chief Financial Officer
Controller/Treasurer
Erik M. Aarts
Vice President
None
Richard M. Koerner
Vice President
None
Julie L. Morse
Senior Vice President
None
Scott J. Wittman
Vice President
None
Timothy J. Costanza
Vice President
None
Jay V. Johnson*
Vice President
None
Timothy S. Stearns
Vice President
Chief Compliance Officer
Sarah Sparks Herron*
Secretary
None
Benjamin J. Alge
President
None
Timothy A. Bray
Divisional Vice President
None
Lindsay M. Connelly*
Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer
None
John S. Musgrove*
Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer
None
Michael S. Jones
Assistant Vice President
None
Jason T. Anderson
Assistant Treasurer
None

NAME
POSITION WITH UNDERWRITER
POSITION WITH
REGISTRANT
Michael Marchese, III
Assistant Treasurer
None
Shawn M. Scott
Chief Compliance Officer
None
*
The address is 400 Broadway, Cincinnati, OH 45202
(c)
None
Item 33. Location of Accounts and Records
Books or other documents required to be maintained by Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended and the rules promulgated thereunder, are maintained as follows:
(a)
With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1); (2)(a) and (b); (3); (6); (8); (12); and 31a-1(d), the required books and records will be maintained at the offices of Registrant’s Custodian:
Brown Brothers Harriman & Co.
50 Post Office Square
Boston, MA 02110
(b)
With respect to Rules 31a-1(a); 31a-1(b)(1), (4); (2)(C) and (D); (4); (5); (6); (8); (9); (10); (11); and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the offices of the Registrant’s Administrator and Sub-Administrator.
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
BNY Mellon Investment Servicing (US) Inc.
534467 500 Ross Street 154-0520
Pittsburgh, PA 15262
The Bank of New York Mellon
201 Washington Street, 7th Floor
Boston, MA 02108
(c)
With respect to Rules 31a-1(b)(5), (6), (9) and (10) and 31a-1(f), the required books and records are maintained at the principal offices of the Registrant’s investment advisors:
All Funds:
Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1100
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Focused Fund, Touchstone Strategic Income Fund, Touchstone Balanced Fund, Touchstone International Equity Fund, Touchstone Large Cap Focused Fund and Touchstone Small Company Fund
Fort Washington Investment Advisors, Inc.
303 Broadway, Suite 1200
Cincinnati, OH 45202
Touchstone Mid Cap Growth Fund
Westfield Capital Management Company, L.P.
One Financial Center
Boston, MA 02111
Touchstone Large Cap Fund
London Company of Virginia d/b/a The London Company
1800 Bayberry Court, Suite 301
Richmond, VA 23226
Touchstone Non-US ESG Equity Fund (formerly, Touchstone Global ESG Equity Fund)
Rockefeller & Co., Inc.
45 Rockefeller Plaza, Fifth Floor
New York, NY 110111
Touchstone Value Fund

Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss LLC d/b/a Barrow Hanley Global Investors
2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor
Dallas, TX 75201
Touchstone Dynamic Allocation Fund
Wilshire Advisors, LLC
1299 Ocean Avenue, Suite 700
Santa Monica, CA 90401
Touchstone Flexible Income Fund
Bramshill Investments, LLC
801 Laurel Oak Drive, Suite 300A
Naples, Florida 34108
Touchstone Sands Capital Emerging Markets Growth Fund
Sands Capital Management, LLC
1000 Wilson Blvd., Suite 3000
Arlington, VA 22209
Microsoft Azure
8855 Grand Avenue, West
Des Moines, IA 50266
Global Relay
220 Cambie Street
Vancouver, BC V6B 2M9
Microsoft Azure
105th Street and Warren Avenue
Lee, IA 50061
Iron Mountain Records Management
10641 Iron Bridge Road
Jessup, MD 20794
Touchstone Large Company Growth Fund and Touchstone International Growth Fund
DSM Capital Partners LLC
7111 Fairway Drive
Palm Beach Gardens, FL 33418
Touchstone Anti-Benchmark US Core Equity Fund
(formerly, Touchstone Dynamic Equity Fund)
TOBAM S.A.S.
49-53 Avenue des Champs Elysées, 75008
Paris, France
Touchstone Core Municipal Bond Fund
Sage Advisory Services, Ltd. Co.
5900 Southwest Parkway, Building 1
Austin, Texas 78735
Touchstone International Value Fund
155 North Wacker Drive, Suite 4600
Chicago, IL 60606
Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund
Los Angeles Capital Management LLC
11150 Santa Monica Blvd., Suite 200
Los Angeles, CA 90025
Item 34. Management Services Not Discussed in Part A or Part B
None.
Item 35. Undertakings
None.

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Registrant certifies that it meets all of the requirements for effectiveness of this Post-Effective Amendment No. 241 to its Registration Statement on Form N-1A under Rule 485(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, duly authorized, in the City of Cincinnati, State of Ohio, on May 8, 2025. 
 
TOUCHSTONE STRATEGIC TRUST
By: /s/ E. Blake Moore, Jr.

E. Blake Moore, Jr.
President and Trustee
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this PEA No. 241 to the Registrant's registration statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 
Signature
Title
Date
*

Karen Carnahan
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

William C. Gale
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

Sally J. Staley
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

Susan M. King
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

Kevin A. Robie
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

William H. Zimmer III
Trustee
May 8, 2025
*

Jill T. McGruder
Trustee
May 8, 2025
/s/ E. Blake Moore, Jr.

E. Blake Moore, Jr.
President and Trustee
May 8, 2025
/s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft

Terrie A. Wiedenheft
Controller, Treasurer and Principal
Financial Officer
May 8, 2025
 
 
 
*By: /s/ Terrie A. Wiedenheft

Terrie A. Wiedenheft
(Attorney-in-Fact Pursuant to Power of Attorney)
 

EXHIBIT INDEX 
 
(d)(1)(iv)
Amended Schedule 1 dated May 9, 2025 to Investment Advisory Agreement dated May 1, 2000.
(d)(23)
Sub-Advisory Agreement dated May 9, 2025 between Touchstone Advisors, Inc. and Los Angeles Capital Management
LLC with respect to the Touchstone Dynamic Large Cap Growth Fund.
(h)(7)(ii)
Amended Schedule A dated May 9, 2025 to the Amended and Restated Expense Limitation Agreement dated July 29,
2013 between the Registrant and Touchstone Advisors, Inc.
(i)
Opinion of Counsel.
(j)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
(p)(14)
Code of Ethics for Los Angeles Capital Management.

ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS

EX-99.(D)(1)(IV)

EX-99.(D)(23)

EX-99.(H)(7)(II)

EX-99.(I)

EX-99.(J)

EX-99.(P)(14)

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION SCHEMA

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION CALCULATION LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION DEFINITION LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION LABEL LINKBASE

XBRL TAXONOMY EXTENSION PRESENTATION LINKBASE

IDEA: d915985d485bpos_htm.xml

IDEA: R1.htm

IDEA: R2.htm

IDEA: R3.htm

IDEA: FilingSummary.xml

IDEA: MetaLinks.json



Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!

You May Also Be Interested In





Related Categories

SEC Filings